WO2022252954A1 - Resource configuration method and apparatus - Google Patents

Resource configuration method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022252954A1
WO2022252954A1 PCT/CN2022/092503 CN2022092503W WO2022252954A1 WO 2022252954 A1 WO2022252954 A1 WO 2022252954A1 CN 2022092503 W CN2022092503 W CN 2022092503W WO 2022252954 A1 WO2022252954 A1 WO 2022252954A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency domain
resource
domain resource
sub
dmrs
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/092503
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
宣一荻
谢信乾
郭志恒
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022252954A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022252954A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and, more specifically, relates to a resource configuration method and device.
  • the demodulation reference signal (de-modulation reference signal, DMRS) configuration of all scheduling resource blocks of the terminal device is the same, where the DMRS configuration includes the number of pre-DMRS symbols or not used to carry data The number of (code division multiplexing, CDM) groups, etc.
  • the terminal equipment performs space division multiplexing with other terminal equipment on different subbands (one or more resource blocks (resource block, RB)), and the terminal equipment on different subbands will appear Different numbers result in different numbers of spatial layers transmitted simultaneously on different subbands.
  • the network device will according to the number of pre-DMRS symbols required for the subband with the largest number of transmission space layers and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, Uniformly configure the number of pre-DMRS symbols and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data for all subbands. For subbands with fewer transmission space layers, redundant DMRS or DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data It will occupy resources for data transmission, resulting in a waste of transmission resources and affecting communication efficiency.
  • the present application provides a method and device for resource configuration, by configuring the number of different pre-DMRS symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data according to the communication needs on the scheduled frequency domain resources, so as to realize flexible allocation in the frequency domain Resource allocation, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • a resource configuration method including: receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; based on the first indication information, in the first frequency domain Receiving a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) on a resource, wherein the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource Frequency domain resources, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, Or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of DMRS that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource. Number of CDM
  • the above scheme implements flexible DMRS resource allocation in the frequency domain by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, reduces resource overhead for DMRS transmission, and improves resource utilization.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource .
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resource.
  • the resources that need to be indicated are reduced, and the size of the signaling that needs to be used can also be reduced, which can reduce signaling overhead and save resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource One or more resource block groups, where the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resource.
  • the resources that need to be indicated are reduced, and the size of the signaling that needs to be used can also be reduced, which can reduce signaling overhead and save resources.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, and the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, except for the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the One or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups that are not used to carry data, wherein
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  • the method further includes: acquiring pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first The frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple index values, and the correspondence between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values relationship, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information includes a first index value , according to the pattern corresponding to the first index value, determine the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, which can realize indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity, saving
  • the overhead of transmitting DMRS is reduced, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is determined based on the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port
  • the at least one first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port.
  • the number of a DMRS port is equal to the number of the at least one second DMRS port; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than a third threshold or any index included in the one or more second DMRS ports When the index of a DMRS port is greater than the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port When the index and the index of all DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port ; Wherein, the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication
  • the two frequency domain resources configured by the network equipment with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols are respectively configured with DMRS ports, which avoids the waste of DMRS port resources and improves resource utilization. Scheduling flexibility.
  • a signal transmission method including: sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; sending a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource; Wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first number is the first sub-frequency domain resource
  • the number of corresponding pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number is the number of unused sub-frequency domain resources corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource
  • the second number is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource frequency domain resources.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resources, which reduces signaling overhead and saves resources.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource,
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more first resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more of the second frequency domain resources a second resource block group, the one or more second resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups Belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data,
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  • the first indication information can be used to indicate predetermined frequency domain resources among the scheduled frequency domain resources, further reducing signaling overhead .
  • the method further includes: acquiring pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first The frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple index values, and the correspondence between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values relationship, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; according to the pattern information, and the second frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data determines a first index value, and the first indication information includes the first index value.
  • the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource is equal to the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the resource block group The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, which can realize indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity, saving
  • the overhead of transmitting DMRS is reduced, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is determined based on the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port
  • the at least one first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port.
  • the number of a DMRS port is equal to the number of the at least one second DMRS port; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than a third threshold or any index included in the one or more second DMRS ports When the index of a DMRS port is greater than the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port When the index and the index of all DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port ; Wherein, the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication
  • DMRS ports are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols configured in the frequency domain resources carrying network equipment and terminal equipment transmission signals, which avoids waste of DMRS port resources and improves resource scheduling efficiency. flexibility.
  • a communication device which is used to realize the functions of the terminal in the method provided in the first aspect above.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication apparatus includes: a transceiver module, configured to receive first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on a first frequency domain resource based on the first indication information, wherein the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource Including a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of symbols of the second sub-frequency domain
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the domain resources, or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the second number is the number of the second sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency sub-frequency in the first frequency domain resource Domain resources.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resources A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource,
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, except for the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the One or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups that are not used to carry data, wherein
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  • the device further includes: a processing module configured to acquire pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, Wherein, the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values Correspondence between values, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information Including the first index value, the processing module is further configured to determine, according to the pattern corresponding to the first index value, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of symbols not used to carry data Number of DMRSCDM groups.
  • a processing module configured to acquire pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, Wherein, the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used
  • the transceiving module is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • a communication device including: a transceiver module, configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource;
  • the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH is sent on the frequency domain resource; wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number Be the quantity of the DMRS code division multiplexing CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this first sub-frequency domain resource, this second quantity is the quantity of the DMRS CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource A sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the first A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the second frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource,
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more first resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more of the second frequency domain resources a second resource block group, the one or more second resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups Belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data,
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  • the device further includes: a processing module configured to acquire pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, Wherein, the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values Correspondence between values, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the processing module is also It is used to determine the first index value according to the pattern information, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, and the first indication information includes The first index value.
  • the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource is equal to the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the resource block group The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence.
  • the transceiving module is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first Aspect or the communication method of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect. .
  • a chip system including: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program runs, the method performed by the terminal device in the above first aspect is executed, or the above first aspect is executed. The method performed by the network device of the two aspects is performed.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a DMRS pattern in a 5G system.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of two time slots configured with different numbers of preamble DMRS symbols.
  • Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of configuring two time slots with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
  • Figure 4 shows the waste of resources caused by configuring the same number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain.
  • Fig. 5 shows the waste of resources caused by configuring the same number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the frequency domain.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic interaction diagram of a resource configuration method 600 provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first frequency domain resource.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram of another example of the first frequency domain resource.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device for sending information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an information sending device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems). Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • packets of data e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems.
  • Terminal also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT) is a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users Devices, for example, handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • examples of some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), or wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • the network device is a device in the wireless network, such as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node that connects the terminal to the wireless network.
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • a centralized unit centralized unit, CU
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service, GPRS
  • long term evolution long term evolution, LTE
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex, FDD
  • LTE Time Division Duplex TDD
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System UMTS
  • Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access WiMAX
  • 5G System or New Radio, NR 5G System or New Radio, NR
  • the fixed wireless access (FWA) network relying on long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) and 5G NR (new radio, NR) technology, through indoor or outdoor customer premises equipment (CPE) to End users are provided with wireless LAN or limited LAN access.
  • CPE can provide Internet, landline telephone, TV, smart home and other services to end users.
  • the downlink communication from the network device to the CPE is usually based on the transmission of large data packets, and the base station needs to schedule more spectrum resources for the CPE to meet its rate requirements.
  • there are many obstacles indoors and the multipath effect is serious there will be strong frequency selective fading of the channel.
  • the multiple access method usually adopts the orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) method.
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • the main feature of OFDMA is that the transmission resources are divided into mutually orthogonal time-frequency resource elements (resource elements, REs). are orthogonal to each other, so that the receiving end can separately receive the signal sent on each RE.
  • REs resource elements
  • the signal carried by the RE will be distorted after being transmitted through the channel, and the channel distortion is usually called a channel coefficient.
  • the receiving end needs to estimate the channel coefficients.
  • the process of obtaining channel information at the receiving end can also be called channel estimation.
  • a channel estimation scheme based on reference signals is usually used, that is, the transmitting end When a known signal is transmitted on a specific RE, the receiving end estimates the channel coefficient based on the received signal and the known signal, and interpolates the channel coefficient on other REs based on the channel coefficient obtained by this estimation, and then the data signal Perform reception demodulation.
  • the base station is equipped with multiple antennas to realize spatial multiplexing transmission using multi-input multi-output (MIMO) technology, that is, multiple data streams are transmitted on the same time-frequency resource. , each data stream is transmitted on an independent spatial layer, and each spatial layer will be mapped to a different antenna port for transmission.
  • MIMO multi-input multi-output
  • the channel coefficients between different antenna ports and terminal devices are not the same, in order for the receiving end to obtain information transmitted on multiple spatial layers, it is necessary to estimate the channel coefficient between each antenna port and the terminal, so it is necessary for each Different DMRSs are configured for each antenna port, and the DMRSs corresponding to different antenna ports can be multiplexed by means of time division, frequency division, and code division. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG.
  • the total number of DMRS ports is 6, and the number of CDM groups is 3.
  • the horizontal direction represents the time domain
  • the vertical direction represents the frequency domain
  • each small square represents a RE, where DMRS ports 0 and 1 are multiplexed by orthogonal codes, so the REs corresponding to these two ports are also called a code Division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • Subcarrier In a communication system using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technology, frequency domain resources are divided into several subresources, and each subresource in the frequency domain can be called a subcarrier.
  • a subcarrier can also be understood as the minimum granularity of frequency domain resources.
  • the OFDM technology is a multi-carrier modulation technology.
  • Subcarrier spacing In a communication system using OFDM technology, the interval value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • the subcarrier spacing in the LTE system is 15kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing in the NR system in 5G can be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz, etc.
  • Resource block N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain can be called a resource block.
  • a resource block in the LTE system includes 12 subcarriers
  • a resource block in the NR system in 5G also includes 12 subcarriers.
  • the number of subcarriers included in a resource block may also be other values.
  • Time unit It is a time domain concept or a unit in the time domain.
  • a time unit can be one or more subframes, one or more time slots, or one or more OFDM time symbols.
  • the 5G NR system For example, the corresponding time slot length is 1 ms, and the time slot length corresponding to 30 kHz subcarrier interval is 0.5 ms.
  • a symbol can also be referred to as a symbol for short, which is the smallest time unit in the time domain of an OFDM system.
  • Time-frequency resource unit The smallest time-frequency resource granularity in OFDM system, which is one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one subcarrier in the frequency domain.
  • Subband one subband includes one or more resource blocks in the frequency domain, or one subband may include one or more resource block groups in the frequency domain. Since each resource block group also includes multiple resource blocks, the size of one subband may be the same as or different from that of one resource block group. When a subband has the same size as a resource block group, the subband can also be understood as a resource block group.
  • Antenna port In the 5G NR system, the antenna port is a logical port for transmission, and one antenna port includes multiple physical antennas. From the perspective of the receiving end, each antenna port corresponds to an independent wireless channel.
  • the base station is equipped with multiple antennas to realize spatial multiplexing transmission using MIMO technology, that is, multiple different data streams are transmitted on the same time-frequency resource, and each unrelated Data streams are transmitted on an independent spatial layer, and each spatial layer is mapped to a different antenna port for transmission.
  • Resource block group One or more resource blocks form a resource block group (RBG).
  • RBG resource block group
  • the size of RBG is configured through high-level parameters. It should be noted that the size of the RBG mentioned in this application is understood as the number of resource blocks included in the RBG, and the size of a certain frequency domain resource mentioned in this application is also understood as the number of RBs included in the frequency domain resource .
  • the resource block group included in a certain frequency domain resource mentioned in this application, or the resource block group or the first resource block group in the first resource block group included in a certain frequency domain resource can be understood as the resource block group included in the frequency domain resource. Unit resource block group.
  • Partial bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP): It can also be called the bandwidth part.
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • some frequency domain resources in the carrier can be configured for terminal equipment for data transmission, without requiring all frequency domain resources in the carrier.
  • the downlink data channel supports two types of frequency domain resource allocation: type 0 and type 1.
  • the type 0 type is discontinuous frequency domain resource allocation
  • the type 1 type is continuous frequency domain resource allocation.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the frequency domain resource allocation used by the PDSCH can also be directly determined through the high layer signaling parameter resourceAllocation.
  • the type 0 type indicates the resource block groups allocated to the PDSCH in the BWP through a bitmap or a bitmap
  • the type 1 type indicates resource blocks with consecutive numbers allocated to the PDSCH in the BWP through the RIV.
  • resource blocks can be understood as consecutively numbered virtual resource blocks.
  • the RIV is used to indicate the starting resource block number RB start allocated to the UE PDSCH and the length L RBs of the allocated continuous resource blocks. In the existing 3GPP standard TS 38.214, the calculation formula of RIV is as follows:
  • DMRS The demodulation reference signal is a reference signal used to restore the received signal.
  • DMRS is a signal known to both the sending end and the receiving end.
  • the sending end transmits the DMRS and data to the receiving end through the same port and wireless channel , the receiving end obtains the channel coefficient according to the DMRS in the received signal, and demodulates and decodes the received signal according to the channel coefficient to obtain the transmitted data.
  • the receiving end considering that the channel coefficients from different antenna ports to terminals are not the same, in order for the receiving end to obtain information transmitted on multiple spatial layers, it is necessary to estimate the channel coefficients between each antenna port and the terminal. Therefore, different DMRSs need to be configured for each antenna port, and the DMRSs corresponding to different antenna ports can be multiplexed by means of time division, frequency division, and code division.
  • the DMRS includes a pre-DMRS and an additional DMRS, and the pre-DMRS is usually configured in front of a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) in a time slot.
  • a 1-symbol pre-DMRS or a 2-symbol pre-DMRS can be configured in the time domain.
  • the 2-symbol pre-DMRS can support more DMRS ports to transmit more spatial layers.
  • the 5G NR system configures the maximum number of pre-symbols of DMRS through the high-level parameter maxlength. maxlength can be 1 or 2. When maxlength is configured as 1, it means that the pre-DMRS occupies at most 1 symbol.
  • the network device dynamically indicates the number of symbols occupied by the pre-DMRS of each time slot through the antenna port field in the downlink control information (DCI), that is, the network device passes the antenna port
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the "number of front-load symbols" indicated by the field determines the number of symbols occupied by the front-load DMRS.
  • Fig. 2 shows two time slots configured with different numbers of preamble DMRS symbols.
  • DCI indicates time slot 1, and configures 2 symbol pre-DMRS
  • DCI indicates time slot 2 Configure 1-symbol pre-DMRS
  • NR supports two DMRS pilot types, DMRS Type1 and DMRS Type2.
  • CDM groups There are two CDM groups in DMRS Type1.
  • single-symbol DMRS When single-symbol DMRS is used, it supports up to 4 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports 2 DMRS port multiplexing through frequency domain code division multiplexing; when double-symbol For DMRS, it supports up to 8 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports multiplexing of 4 DMRS ports through time domain and frequency domain code division multiplexing.
  • CDM groups in DMRS Type 2 When using single-symbol DMRS, it supports up to 6 DMRS ports.
  • Each CDM group supports multiplexing of 2 DMRS ports through frequency domain code division multiplexing; when using double-symbol For DMRS, it supports up to 12 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports multiplexing of 4 DMRS ports through time domain and frequency domain code division multiplexing.
  • the CDM group that is not used to transmit DMRS can be used to transmit data signals. Therefore, the network device will also pass the "DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data" indicated by the "antenna port” field in DCI. Quantity" to inform the UE which DMRS ports in the CDM group are used by other users. In this way, during data mapping, the terminal can avoid REs that map its own and other UE reference signals.
  • the indicated number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1, it indicates that only CDM group 0 is used to carry DMRS, and REs corresponding to other CDM groups are used to transmit data.
  • FIG. 3 shows two time slots configured with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data.
  • DCI indicates that UE0 has two CDM groups that are not used for data transmission, that is, CDM groups 0 and 1, CDM group 0 is used to transmit DMRS of UE0, and CDM group 1 is used for transmission
  • the DCI indicates that UE0 has one CDM group that is not used for data transmission, that is, CDM group 0, and CDM group 0 transmits the DMRS of UE0.
  • the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups not used to bear data can also be understood as the number of CDM groups used to bear DMRS.
  • the resources that can be used for Type 1 DMRS can be divided into 2 CDM groups, and the resources that can be used to carry Type 2 DMRS can be divided into 3 CDM groups.
  • the DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data The CDM group used to carry DMRS and the CDM group used to carry data can be determined. For example, taking the Type 2 DMRS as an example, the resources capable of carrying DMRS are divided into 3 CDM groups, that is, CDM groups 0, 1 and 2.
  • CDMs not used to carry data When the number of CDMs not used to carry data is 3, that is, only CDM groups 0, 1 and 2 are used to carry DMRS, and any CDM group is not used to carry data; when the number of CDMs not used to carry data is 2, that is, only CDM groups 0 and 1 are used to carry DMRS, and CDM group 2 is used to carry data.
  • the current DMRS configuration used in the communication between the network device and the terminal device will be introduced below.
  • the demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration of all scheduling resource blocks of the terminal device is the same.
  • the DMRS configuration here includes the number of pre-DMRS symbols, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, etc.
  • the scheduling resource block here can be understood as a resource block allocated to the scheduled UE for data transmission.
  • the terminal equipment performs space division multiplexing with other terminal equipment on different subbands (one or more RBs), and the terminal equipment on different subbands will appear Different numbers result in different numbers of spatial layers transmitted simultaneously on different subbands.
  • the network device will uniformly configure the preamble symbols of all subbands according to the number of preamble DMRS symbols required for the subband with the largest number of transmission space layers and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data. Setting the number of DMRS symbols and the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data results in a waste of transmission resources for subbands in which the number of transmission space layers is small.
  • Fig. 4 shows resource waste caused by configuring the same number of preamble DMRS symbols in the frequency domain.
  • there are a total of 8 subbands in the frequency domain numbered from subband 1 to subband 8.
  • subband pairing that is, when the terminal device performs space division multiplexing in units of subbands, the 8 subbands There are 7 corresponding UEs, numbered UE 0 to UE 6.
  • each UE transmits data of at most 1 spatial layer on each subband, as shown in Figure 4, taking subband 7 as an example, UE0 to UE6 transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 7, and on subband 7
  • the subband with the largest number of spatial layers is subband 7, and the network device configures a pre-DMRS of 2 symbols according to the number of spatial layers on subband 7.
  • FIG. 5 shows resource waste caused by configuring the same number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data in the frequency domain.
  • there are a total of 8 subbands in the frequency domain numbered from subband 1 to subband 8.
  • subband pairing that is, when the terminal device performs space division multiplexing in units of subbands, the 8 subbands There are 7 corresponding UEs, numbered UE 0 to 6.
  • each UE transmits data of at most 1 spatial layer on each subband, as shown in Figure 5, taking subband 7 as an example, UE0 to UE6 transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 7, and on subband 7
  • the subband with the largest number of spatial layers is subband 7, and the network device configures two CDM groups that are not used for data transmission according to the number of spatial layers on subband 7.
  • only one CDM group not used for data transmission can meet the transmission requirements. When two CDM groups not used for data transmission are configured, transmission resources are wasted.
  • the present application hopes to propose a resource allocation method to realize flexible resource allocation of the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain and/or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, thereby saving transmission resources.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic interaction diagram of a resource configuration method 600 provided by the present application.
  • Method 600 may include the following steps.
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to the BWP.
  • the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
  • the network device sends the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first number of PDSCHs is different from the second number of PDSCHs
  • the first frequency domain resources include first sub-frequency domain resources and second sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data
  • the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources the number of DMRS CDM groups, or
  • the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups not used to carry data
  • the second number is the number of the first sub-frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the two sub-frequency domain resources and the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data.
  • the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the numbers are different, and the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is different from the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • a sub-frequency domain resource is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device may determine the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information.
  • the following takes the two resource allocation manners as examples to introduce in detail how the second indication information indicates the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information indicates the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource in the form of a bitmap (for example, resource allocation mode of type0 type). Specifically, the second indication information indicates that one or more first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources are the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the first resource block group here includes one or more RBs.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes 8 RBs, RB0 to RB7, the size (size) of a first resource block group is 2 RBs, and the first frequency domain resource includes 4 first resource block groups, The first resource block group 0 to the first resource block group 3 .
  • the second indication information sent by the network device indicates to the terminal device that the first resource block group 1 is the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device determines the number and position of the first resource block group included in the first frequency domain resource according to the number of RBs included in the first frequency domain resource and the size of the first resource block group, and then can determine according to the second indication information Find the location of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information indicates one or more consecutive resources in the first frequency domain resource through a resource indicator value (RIV).
  • RIV resource indicator value
  • the first resource block group here includes one or more RBs.
  • the network device indicates a RIV, such as RIV2, through the second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the number and position of the first resource block group included in the first frequency domain resource according to the number of RBs included in the first frequency domain resource and the size of the first resource block group, and then according to the starting first resource corresponding to RIV2
  • the sequence number of the block group (RB start ) and the number of consecutively allocated first resource block groups (L RBs ) determine the position of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the above-mentioned first resource block group can be understood as an RBG configured by a high-level parameter in 5G NR, and can also be understood as another form of resource block group. Taking four possible ways as examples below, the implementation way of determining the size (size) of the first resource block group will be introduced in detail. Among them, possible mode 3 can be applied to the above-mentioned mode 1 and mode 2, and possible modes 1, 2 and 4 can only be applied to the above-mentioned mode 1.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG configured by the high layer parameter (rbg-size). That is, the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group is the number of resource blocks indicated by the high layer parameter (rbg-size).
  • the size of the resource block group mentioned in this application can be understood as the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group.
  • the definition of the first resource block group continues to use the existing RBG, and compared with other possible methods, the modification of the existing protocol is minimal.
  • the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the size of the first resource block group may be determined according to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the size of the first resource block group changes dynamically with the number of scheduled resource block groups.
  • the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency-domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency-domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship, so
  • the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource, and the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the first correspondence. Then, the ratio of the size of the first resource block group to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource and the number of RBGs included in the BWP satisfies the first corresponding relationship, or, the size of the first resource block group is based on the first frequency domain The ratio of the number of RBGs included in the resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is determined.
  • the third frequency domain resource is BWP or active bandwidth part or bandwidth.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high layer parameter rbg-size.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size
  • the RBG size indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource, is the number of RBGs included in the BWP.
  • Table 1 shows an example in which the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP and greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG
  • the terminal device needs to perform blind detection on all available DCIs.
  • Blind detection of DCIs of the same length requires only one configuration
  • blind detection of DCIs of different lengths requires different configurations
  • the number of blind detections is more than that of blind detection of DCIs of the same length.
  • the terminal device needs to use the configuration when the DCI length is 4 to blindly detect the DCI n times, and The DCI needs to be blindly detected n times according to the configuration when the DCI length is 2.
  • the terminal device can blindly detect the DCI n times only by using the configuration when the DCI length is 4 bits. Therefore, in order to reduce the number of times the terminal device blindly detects the DCI, the number of candidate values for the length of the DCI should be as small as possible.
  • the length of the second indication information should be a fixed value, where the length of the second indication information is the indication information required when scheduling all resource blocks in the BWP length.
  • the second indication information keeps the length of the second indication information constant by filling high bits. In order to avoid too few scheduling resources, it is necessary to fill more bits into the second indication information, thereby causing waste of resources.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the first resource block group is dynamically determined, and the indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity can be realized.
  • the overhead of transmitting DMRS is saved, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
  • the size of the first resource block group is related to a coefficient.
  • the "one coefficient" is predefined or configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
  • the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the coefficient k.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG configured according to the coefficient k and high-level parameters definite.
  • the size of the first resource block group is greater than the size of the RBG configured by the high-level parameter, wherein, is the size of the first resource block group, is the size of RBG.
  • the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the coefficient k.
  • the first resource block group consists of k RBs, is equal to k, where, is the size of the first resource block group.
  • coefficient k is predefined or configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
  • the coefficient k when the coefficient k is greater than 1, the number of RBs included in the first resource block group increases, so that the second indication information of the same length can indicate more RBs, reducing the number of second indication information s expenses.
  • the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the length (size) of the second indication information, or it can be said that the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the number of bits occupied by the second indication information .
  • the size of the first resource block group is dynamically changed according to the BWP and the size of the second indication information, so that the second indication information can indicate more RBs without changing the length of the second indication information, reducing The overhead of the second indication information.
  • the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource and a coefficient.
  • the "one coefficient" here may specifically refer to the third possible implementation manner above.
  • the "one coefficient" is the coefficient k in possible implementation manner 3
  • the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
  • the size of the first resource block group is k times the size of the RBG indicated by the high layer parameter rbg-size.
  • the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size times.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
  • the RBG size indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource, is the number of RBGs included in the BWP.
  • Table 2 shows another example where the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the size of the first resource block group is k times the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP and greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG times; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG times.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
  • the size of the first resource block group is (2) When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than the number of RBGs included in the BWP Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is less than or equal to When , the size of the first resource block group is
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
  • is the size of the first resource block group is the size of the BWP
  • is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is the number of RBGs included in the BWP
  • M is the length of the predefined second indication information.
  • the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • the terminal device can A second quantity is determined. For example, when the first number is 1, the second number is 2, and vice versa.
  • the method 600 further includes: the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the number of the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the number of the first DMRS port.
  • the number of at least one second DMRS port is equal; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than the third threshold or the index of any DMRS port included in the one or more second DMRS ports is greater than the first
  • the threshold is three
  • the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when the indexes of all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second
  • the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are the same as the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; wherein, the at least one first DMRS port includes the same DMRS port;
  • a DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port
  • the third indication information here is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port and at least one second DMRS port.
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port may be the first antenna indicated by the antenna port field in 3GPP standard TS 38.212 port configuration.
  • the at least one first DMRS port or the at least one second DMRS port here may be understood as a DMRS port used for DMRS transmission on frequency domain resources corresponding to the first or second number indicated by the third indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity, then the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, then at this time the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission .
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the second quantity, then the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, then at this time the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission DMRS transmission.
  • Table 3 shows an example of a possible mapping relationship between the first antenna port configuration and the second DMRS port.
  • the first column in Table 3 is an index value
  • the second column is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data
  • the third column is the port index value of the first DMRS port
  • the fourth column is the number of pre-DMRS symbols
  • the fifth column is the port index value of the second DMRS port. It can be seen from Table 3 that each index value corresponds to a first antenna port configuration and a second DMRS port.
  • the third indication information may include an index value in Table 3, that is, any value in the first column of Table 3, and the terminal device determines the configuration of the first antenna port and at least one second DMRS port according to the index value.
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain resource configuration corresponding to the first DMRS port and the second DMRS port is different.
  • Table 3 takes the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the first DMRS port as 2 as an example, then The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second DMRS port is 1.
  • the port index value of the corresponding first DMRS port When the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 2 and the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 2, there are 8 candidate values for the port index value of the corresponding first DMRS port, such as 0 to 7 in the third column in Table 3 ; When the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is 2 and the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, the port index value of the corresponding second DMRS port has 4 candidate values, such as 0 to 0 in the fifth column in Table 3 3.
  • the port index value of the first DMRS port may be the same as or different from the port index value of the second DMRS port.
  • the at least one The DMRS ports included in the first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port.
  • the difference between any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port and the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port mentioned here can be understood as the difference between any port index value of the first DMRS port in Table 3 and the second DMRS port. Any of the port index values are different.
  • the third threshold here may be that when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, the third indication information indicates the maximum port index value of the DMRS port corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data. For example, when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, as shown in Table 3, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data indicated by the third indication information is 2, and the maximum index of the corresponding DMRS port is 3, and the index value In the 4 rows from 16 to 19, the port index value corresponding to the first DMRS port is greater than 3, and any port index value of the first DMRS port in these 4 rows is different from any port index value of the second DMRS port.
  • the at least one first DMRS port includes The DMRS port of the at least one second DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port.
  • Any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port mentioned here is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port, which can be understood as any port index value of the first DMRS port in Table 3 and the second DMRS port Any port index value of the same.
  • the third threshold here may be the maximum port index value of the DMRS port corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1. For example, when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, as shown in Table 3, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data indicated by the third indication information is 2, and the maximum index of the corresponding DMRS port is 3, and the index value 4 rows from 12 to 15, the port index value corresponding to the first DMRS port is less than or equal to 3, and any port index value of the first DMRS port in these 4 rows is the same as any port index value of the second DMRS port.
  • the third indication information here is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols, DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data, and at least one first DMRS port.
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port may be the first antenna indicated by the antenna port field in 3GPP standard TS 38.212 port configuration.
  • the network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one second DMRS port.
  • the first DMRS port here may be understood as a DMRS port used when the frequency domain resources corresponding to the first number or the second number indicated by the third indication information perform DMRS transmission.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the second quantity
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission
  • the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission.
  • Table 4 shows an example of a possible mapping relationship between the first antenna port configuration and the first DMRS port.
  • the first column in Table 4 is an index value
  • the second column is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data
  • the third column is the port index value of the first DMRS port
  • the fourth column is the number of pre-DMRS symbols. It can be seen from Table 4 that each index value corresponds to a first antenna port configuration.
  • the third indication information may include an index value in Table 4, that is, any value in the first column of Table 3, and the terminal device determines the first antenna port configuration according to the index value.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate a port index value of a second DMRS port corresponding to the first antenna port configuration.
  • the first frequency domain resources include two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of configured pre-DMRS symbols. If the first antenna port indicated by the antenna port field in the existing 3GPP standard TS 38.212 is used configuration, the two parts of frequency domain resources can only use one DMRS port, then the port index values of the DMRS ports corresponding to the two parts of frequency domain resources must be consistent.
  • the ranges of the index values of the DMRS ports that can be selected for the frequency domain resources with the number of pre-DMRS symbols of 1 and 2 are not the same, so that the two parts of the frequency domain resources Selecting the same DMRS port will inevitably make some DMRS ports corresponding to the frequency domain resources configured with the number of pre-DMRS symbols 2 unusable, resulting in waste of resources.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs.
  • the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps.
  • the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
  • DMRS ports are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols configured in the frequency domain resources carrying network equipment and terminal equipment transmission signals, which avoids waste of DMRS port resources and improves resources. Scheduling flexibility.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device accordingly, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a part of the BWP.
  • the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information.
  • the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first sub-indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV. Any RIV corresponds to a group of parameters used to determine continuously allocated frequency domain resources, including the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and the number L RBs of continuously allocated resource blocks.
  • the second sub-indication information is mainly used to indicate the configuration of the resource block group in the second frequency domain resource, which will be divided into three possible situations for detailed introduction below.
  • the first indication information is the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI
  • the existing "frequency domain resource allocation” field can be used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
  • the "frequency domain resource allocation” field is reused to indicate the configuration of resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource are introduced in detail in conjunction with FIG. difference and connection.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, where the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resources.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram of an example of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resources (all the boxes in Figure 8) include the first sub-frequency domain resources (blank boxes in Figure 8) and the second sub-frequency domain resources (the slanted squares in Figure 8 Box), S801 is the second frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain resource includes the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second frequency domain resource may include one or more resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource (S802), and also include one or more resource block groups belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource. A plurality of resource block groups (S803). Or, as shown in (b) in FIG.
  • one or more resource block groups ( S803 ) included in the second frequency domain resource all belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • one or more resource block groups (S802) included in the second frequency domain resource all belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resources
  • the first frequency domain resource includes N first resource block groups
  • the second frequency domain resource The resource includes i first resource block groups, i and N are positive integers, and N ⁇ i, once the terminal device determines the size of i, it can determine the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the i first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be the first resource block groups with indexes 0, 1, ..., i-1 in the first frequency domain resource, as shown in (a ), S801 is the first resource block group whose indices are 0 to 5 in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the i first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be the first resource block groups indexed as N-i,...N-1 in the first frequency domain resource, as shown in (d) in FIG. 8 , S801 is the first resource block group with indexes 15 to 20 in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first frequency sub-domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the second Other resource block groups in the frequency domain resources except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, where the second The number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource Or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the second number of resource block groups belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the third frequency domain resources and/or the first frequency domain resources need to meet any of the following conditions.
  • the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource.
  • the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set. In other words, the network device or the terminal device does not expect the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource to belong to the first number set.
  • the first quantity set may include ⁇ 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,15,22,31,44,63,88,89,90,126,127,175,176,177,178,179,180,252,253,254,255 ⁇ one or more values.
  • it may also be other sets, which are not limited in this application.
  • the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to the preset second number set; or in other words, the network device or terminal device expects the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource
  • the quantities belong to the second set of quantities.
  • the first quantity set may include one or more values in ⁇ 32, 33, 45, 46, 64, 65, 91, 92, 128, 129, 130, 131, 140, 141, 181, 182, 256, 257 ⁇ .
  • it may also be other sets, which are not limited in this application.
  • Condition three the relationship between the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  • the third condition will be described in detail below.
  • the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group satisfy in is the size of the BWP, is the size of the first resource block group.
  • the second sub-indication information may indicate a maximum of n first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource (corresponding to the above possible situation 1 or possible situation 2)
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols of at most n first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource may be indicated (corresponding to the above possible case three).
  • the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold here is n.
  • the definition of n here can be understood as the maximum number of the first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources that can be indicated by the second sub-indication information, and n is a positive integer.
  • the value of n may also be determined in various ways. In the following, three ways of determining the value of n are taken as examples to introduce possible methods of determining the value of n.
  • the terminal device determines n according to the high-layer signaling sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device is determined according to n corresponding to each BWP predefined in the standard. or,
  • the terminal device determines n according to the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group.
  • n when n is determined according to the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group, n satisfies the following formula:
  • n when configuring different BWPs and different sizes of the first resource block group, the value of n may be different.
  • the maximum number of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is denoted as n
  • the number of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is denoted as i.
  • the second sub-indication information indicates 0 first resource blocks in a specific implementation
  • the size of the first frequency domain resource indicated by the first sub-indication information also needs to satisfy the second preset condition.
  • the second preset condition is in, is the size of the first resource block group, is the size of the BWP.
  • the number i of the first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be determined by the following formula:
  • n and i is equal to the difference between the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP and the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device determines the first sub-indication information according to the first indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the RIV, and according to the first sub-indication information
  • the indication information determines the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV.
  • the first sub-indication information that is, the frequency domain pattern corresponding to the RIV indicated by the first indication information, the frequency domain pattern includes a candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and the number of consecutive allocated resource blocks A candidate value for L RBs .
  • each RIV corresponds to a frequency domain pattern, wherein each frequency domain pattern includes a candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and a value of the number L RBs of consecutively allocated resource blocks Candidate value.
  • Candidate values for the number of consecutively allocated resource blocks L RBs included in the frequency domain pattern are greater than
  • the frequency domain pattern may correspond to at least two RIVs, and any two RIVs in the at least two RIVs are not equal, wherein, is the size of the first resource block group, is the size of the BWP.
  • At least two RIVs corresponding to each frequency domain pattern include a first RIV that is smaller than a second preset threshold, and all RIVs in the at least two RIVs except the first RIV are larger than the second preset threshold .
  • the second preset threshold is in, is the size of the BWP.
  • the frequency domain pattern corresponds to at least 2 RIVs, which are calculated as follows:
  • the frequency domain pattern corresponds to two RIVs, namely RIV0 and RIV1.
  • the calculation method of RIV0 is as described in TS 38.214; the calculation method of RIV1 is as follows: if otherwise,
  • RIV2 is calculated as described in 38.214, and RIV2, RIV3 and RIV4 are calculated as follows: If otherwise,
  • one candidate value of each frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponds to 2 i RIVs.
  • the candidate values of the frequency domain pattern and The number i of the first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the candidate value is 1, corresponding to RIV 0 and RIV1, and the candidate value of the frequency domain pattern and Corresponding to RIV 2 , RIV 3 , RIV 4 , and RIV 5 , the number i of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the candidate value is 2.
  • the terminal device determines the second sub-indication information according to the first indication information.
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the pre-DMRS configuration pattern corresponding to the RIV.
  • each sub-indication information of the second frequency domain resource is determined. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a resource block group.
  • the terminal device needs to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values. It should be understood that the multiple patterns here are multiple DMRS configuration patterns, and the pattern information may be pre-configured on the terminal device side, or may be sent to the terminal device by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the second sub-indication information according to the RIV and pattern information indicated by the first indication information, and the second sub-indication information is a pre-DMRS configuration pattern in the pattern information; determines the second frequency domain according to the pattern. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of resources.
  • the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of the second frequency domain resource according to the second sub-indication information.
  • 2 i RIVs are used to indicate all possible configurations of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource happening.
  • any one RIV corresponds to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group
  • any two RIVs correspond to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group
  • the configuration is different. That is to say, the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values may be the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple RIVs.
  • One RIV among the multiple RIVs may uniquely correspond to one of the multiple patterns.
  • any one of the multiple patterns may include a configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the i first resource block groups. Any two patterns in the plurality of patterns are different.
  • the multiple RIVs correspond to a frequency domain pattern, that is, the 2 i RIVs correspond to a frequency domain pattern
  • the frequency domain pattern includes the initial frequency domain resource A candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the resource block and a candidate value of the number L RBs of continuously allocated resource blocks.
  • the number L RBs of consecutive allocated resource blocks included in the frequency domain pattern is greater than
  • the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups according to the pre-DMRS symbol pattern indicated by the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the first number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV 0, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is [2,2] , then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are the second sub-frequency domain resources; when the terminal device receives RIV 1, determine the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups as [ 1, 2], the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV 2, determine two The configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is [2,1], then the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives RIV 3, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is [1,1], then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are equal to is the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols in one first resource block group is shown in Table 7 below. Table 7 may be an exemplary pattern information.
  • the terminal device determines the pre-DMRS symbol configuration of one first resource block group according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the second number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV4, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one first resource block group is 2, then the terminal device can Determine that the first resource block group is the first sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV5, determine that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is 1, then the terminal device can determine The one first resource block group is the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device needs to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information may include a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and a mapping relationship between multiple index values and frequency domain patterns. That is, the pattern information may include a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple RIVs, and a mapping relationship between the multiple RIVs and frequency domain patterns. It should be understood that the pattern information may be pre-configured on the terminal device side, or may be sent to the terminal device by the network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple RIVs is as described above, and the mapping relationship between the multiple RIVs and the frequency domain patterns is the mapping relationship described in (1), which will not be repeated here.
  • the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource and the configuration pattern of the number of preamble DMRS symbols are shown in Table 8 and Table 9 below. Among them, Table 8 corresponds to Table 6 above, and Table 9 corresponds to Table 7 above.
  • the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 8.
  • Table 8 may be an exemplary pattern information.
  • the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 9.
  • Table 9 may be an exemplary pattern information.
  • the terminal device determines each first Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the resource block group.
  • the third indication information in S604 indicates the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols here only indicates that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the first number or the second number indicated by the third indication information, or different.
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols here is configured with 0 to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is the same as the first number, that is, The number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is 2, and 1 indicates that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is different from the first number, that is, the pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group The number of symbols is 1.
  • 2 i RIVs are used to indicate all possible configurations of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource happening.
  • any one RIV corresponds to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group
  • any two RIVs correspond to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group The configuration is different.
  • the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the first number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV 0, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is the same as the first number, Then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are the first sub-frequency domain resources; when the terminal device receives RIV 1, determine the configuration and the first number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 If the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 is the same as the first number, the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • a sub-frequency domain resource when the terminal device receives RIV 2, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 is the same as the first number, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 is different from the first number, the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device may determine that both the two first resource block groups are the second sub-frequency domain resources.
  • 0 is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is the same as the number indicated by the third indication information (the first number or the second number), and 1 is used to indicate that it is different.
  • the terminal device determines the pre-DMRS symbol configuration of one first resource block group according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the second number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV4, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a first resource block group is the same as the first number, then The terminal device may determine that the first resource block group is the first sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV5, it determines that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is different from the first number , the terminal device may determine the one first resource block group as the second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the RIV sent in the first sub-indication information and the second sub-indication information may be the same value, or in other words, one RIV is sent in the first sub-indication information, and the terminal device determines the first frequency domain based on the one RIV. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the resource and the second frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource and the configuration pattern of the number of preamble DMRS symbols are shown in Table 12 and Table 13 below. Among them, Table 12 corresponds to Table 10 above, and Table 13 corresponds to Table 11 above.
  • the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 12. Quantity configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 13. Quantity configuration.
  • n as a fixed value of 1.
  • the above-mentioned second preset condition is that the first frequency-domain resource includes
  • the second preset condition is that the first frequency domain resources include in, is the size of the first resource block group, is the size of the BWP.
  • the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined first resource block group.
  • the terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the first sub-indication information in the first indication information.
  • the first sub-indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV.
  • the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponds to two RIVs, denoted as the first RIV and the second RIV. Wherein, the first RIV is not equal to the second RIV.
  • the first RIV is smaller than the second preset threshold, and the second RIV is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold.
  • the first RIV and the second RIV respectively correspond to different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols.
  • the second preset threshold is in, is the size of the BWP.
  • the first RIV is determined according to the RIV calculation method in the type 1 resource allocation type in 3GPP TS 38.214.
  • the second RIV can be determined as follows: when , the second RIV is equal to when , the second RIV is equal to Wherein, RB start is the serial number of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource, and L RBs is the number of continuously allocated resource blocks, is the size of the BWP, is the size of the first resource block group.
  • the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of the second frequency domain resource according to the second sub-indication information in the first indication information.
  • the second sub-indication information includes a RIV.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information; when the one RIV When the RIV is the second RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is the first value; when the one RIV When the RIV is the second RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is a second value, where the second value is not equal to the first value, and the first value and the second value are respectively ⁇ 1, 2 ⁇ in one.
  • the BWP of the terminal device includes 16 RBs, numbered RB 0 to 15, and the network device allocates RB 0 to 14 for the terminal device to receive downlink signals, that is, the first frequency domain resource includes RB 0 to 14 , the size of the first resource block group is 4,
  • the number of continuously allocated RBs included in the first frequency domain resource is 15 or more That is, the size of the first frequency domain resource satisfies the second preset condition, and the continuous resource allocation pattern corresponding to the first frequency domain resource corresponds to two RIVs.
  • the 2 are 63 and 167.
  • Second preset threshold When the terminal device receives the RIV indicated by the second sub-indication information as 167, since the RIV is greater than 136, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource is 2, when the terminal device When receiving the RIV indicated by the second sub-indication information as 63, since the RIV is less than 136, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource is 1.
  • S602 is similar to S602 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application by configuring the number of different pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to the communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced, and by multiplexing the existing The field indicates a predetermined frequency domain resource among the scheduled frequency domain resources, which further reduces the overhead indicated by the DCI. Further, when the size of the predetermined frequency domain resource is fixed, the embodiment of the present application can reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the second frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource other than the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource .
  • the blocks in the first frequency domain resource are the above “other frequency domain resources”
  • S804 is the above "other frequency domain resources” Among the frequency domain resources belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the manner in which the second indication information indicates the frequency domain resources belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resources in the above "other frequency domain resources" is the same as in S603 in the first possible implementation manner, the second indication information indicates the first The manner of the sub-frequency domain resources is similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resources, which reduces signaling overhead and saves resources .
  • the terminal device may determine the first sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information. For a specific determination manner, refer to manner 1 and manner 2 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here. For details about the four possible ways of determining the size of the first resource block group, refer to possible way 1 to possible way 4 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
  • S604 is similar to S604 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
  • the method 600 further includes: the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the number of the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the number of the first DMRS port.
  • the number of at least one second DMRS port is equal; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than the third threshold or the index of any DMRS port included in the one or more second DMRS ports is greater than the first
  • the threshold is three
  • the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when the indexes of all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second
  • the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are the same as the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; wherein, the at least one first DMRS port includes the same DMRS port;
  • a DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port
  • the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs.
  • the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps.
  • the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
  • the main steps are similar to those in the first possible implementation. Taking (2) in S602 in the first possible implementation as an example for illustration, it is necessary to convert the The number of front DMRS ports is replaced by the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
  • the main steps are similar to those in the second possible implementation. Taking (2) in S602 in the second possible implementation as an example for illustration, it is necessary to convert the The number of front DMRS ports is replaced by the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
  • the value of the number of front DMRS ports can be 1 or 2.
  • the terminal device adopts DMRStype1 there are only two configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data. Therefore, the third possible implementation Similar to the first possible implementation and the second possible implementation respectively, the fourth possible implementation can uniquely determine the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to bear data in the second frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device adopts DMRStype2 there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, so the terminal device cannot uniquely determine the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
  • the method 600 further includes that the network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first sub-frequency domain resources are not used to bear data.
  • Number of DMRS CDM groups The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in all first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource according to the fifth indication information.
  • the following takes the third indication information indicating the second quantity and the third indication information indicating the first quantity as examples for detailed introduction.
  • the fifth indication information may indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data by indicating an index, or, the fifth The indication information may indicate the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second number by means of an index.
  • the fifth indication information indicates the number of DMRS CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data by indexing.
  • the terminal device determines the DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource The number is 2; when the second number indicated by the third indication information is 1, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 1, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the second number indicated by the third indication information is 2, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 0, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1, when When the second number indicated by the third indication information is 2, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 1, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the third indication When the second number indicated by the information is 3, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates an index of 0, the terminal device determines that
  • the fifth indication information may index the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second number.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 2; when the second When the second quantity is 1, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, then the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the second quantity is 2, the fifth indication information If the index is 0, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1; when the second number is 2, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, then the terminal device determines that the first The number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in sub-frequency domain resources is 3; when the second number is 3, the fifth indication information indicates index 0, and the terminal device determines that the first sub-frequency domain resources are not used to carry data.
  • the number of DMRS CDM groups is 2; when the second number is 3, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, then the terminal device determines that the first sub-frequency domain resources are not used
  • the fifth indication information may indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to bear data corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resource by indicating an index, or, the fifth The indication information may indicate the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data and the first number corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resources by indexing.
  • the specific implementation manner is similar to that when the third indication information indicates the second quantity, and will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application configures the number of different DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data according to the communication needs on the scheduled frequency domain resources, so as to realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain and reduce the usage time.
  • the overhead for transmitting DMRS is not used to carry data according to the communication needs on the scheduled frequency domain resources, so as to realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain and reduce the usage time.
  • the configuration of the first resource block group corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data includes three cases, namely 1, 2, and 3, which can only be applied to "possible case three", that is, the second sub-indication
  • the information is used to indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource, where the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the second frequency domain resource is
  • the first number of resource block groups belongs to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resources or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is the second number of resource block groups.
  • Sub-frequency domain resources assuming that different first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources correspond to the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, only including 2 cases, if 1, 2, or 2, 3, or 1, 3, then "possible situation 1", “possible situation 2" and “possible situation 3" in S601 can be applied.
  • the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data may be directly indicated, or the number of each first resource block group in the second frequency domain resource relative to the second resource block group indicated by the third indication information may be indicated. Quantity difference.
  • the number of RIVs corresponding to the second frequency domain resources including i first resource block groups is 3 i .
  • Method 600 further includes that the network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first sub-frequency domain resource is not used for Number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data.
  • the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in all first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource according to the fifth indication information.
  • DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
  • the fifth possible implementation method when DMRStype2 is used, there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, that is, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1 or 2 or 3, and the first frequency domain resources include The first sub-frequency domain resource, the second sub-frequency domain resource and the third sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the three sub-frequency domain resources is different, in the above third possible implementation On the basis of the method, there is the following difference: the terminal device determines that the third sub-frequency domain resource is not used to carry data DMRS Number of CDM groups.
  • DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
  • the sixth possible implementation method when DMRStype2 is used, there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, that is, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1 or 2 or 3, and the first frequency domain resources include The first sub-frequency domain resource, the second sub-frequency domain resource and the third sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the three sub-frequency domain resources is different, in the above third possible implementation On the basis of the method, there is the following difference: the terminal device determines that the third sub-frequency domain resource is not used to carry data DMRS Number of CDM groups.
  • DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
  • the seventh possible implementation method is suitable for flexible scheduling of the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each first resource block group on the first frequency domain resource, or, when DMRS type1 is used, it is suitable for flexible scheduling of the first frequency domain resource
  • the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to each first resource block group, or when the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data and use DMRS type2 only includes two configuration situations, it is suitable for flexible scheduling of the first frequency
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to a part of the BWP.
  • the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
  • the network device sends the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
  • the content indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information will be described below with examples respectively.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index in the first frequency domain resource
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the smallest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index in the first frequency domain resource
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the smallest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index in the first frequency domain resource
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the largest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index in the first frequency domain resource
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the largest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
  • Example 1 The scheme of Example 1 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 7 .
  • the first resource block groups there are four first resource block groups in total, namely the first resource block groups 0, 1, 2, and 3, and their indexes are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
  • the first resource block group with the smallest index is the first resource block group 0.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 is 1
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 and 2 is the same as that of the first resource block group 0.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the first resource block group 1 and 2 is 2 according to the second indication information. Further, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the first resource block group 3 is Set the number of DMRS symbols to 1. Subsequently, in S602, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource according to the configuration of the pre-DMRS symbols on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs.
  • the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps.
  • the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
  • the DMRS ports or DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data are configured respectively for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data.
  • the number of groups realizes flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoids the waste of DMRS port resources, and improves the flexibility of resource scheduling.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device for resource allocation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 10 may include a transceiver module 11 and a processing module 12 .
  • the transceiver module 11 can be used for receiving information sent by other devices, and can also be used for sending information to other devices. For example, receiving the first indication information or sending the second indication information.
  • the processing module 12 may be used for performing device content processing, for example, acquiring pattern information.
  • the communication device 10 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 10 may correspond to the network device in the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 10 may include a module for performing the operations performed by the network device in the corresponding method, and the communication device Each unit in 10 is to implement the operations performed by the network device in the corresponding method.
  • the transceiver module 11 is configured to perform steps S601, S602, S603, and S604.
  • the transceiver module 11 is configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource;
  • the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH is sent on the frequency domain resource; wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number Be the quantity of the DMRS code division multiplexing CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this first sub-frequency domain resource, this second quantity is the quantity of the DMRS CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this second sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiving module 11 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module 11 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource belong to the The frequency domain resource of the first sub-frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information
  • the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the second frequency domain resource
  • Other resource block groups outside the second frequency domain resource belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more second resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more second sub-frequency domain resources
  • the resource block group belongs to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to the third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to the preset first A number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group include The relationship between the quantities of the resource blocks satisfies the first preset condition.
  • the device further includes: a processing module 12, configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the value, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values, and each pattern is used to indicate The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data; the processing module 12 is also used to, according to the pattern information, and the second The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data determines the first index value, and the first indication information includes the first index value.
  • a processing module 12 configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the
  • the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship.
  • the transceiving module 11 is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • the communication device 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 10 may include a module for performing the operations performed by the terminal device in the corresponding method, and the communication device Each unit in 10 is to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the corresponding method.
  • the transceiver module 11 is configured to perform steps S601, S602, S603, and S604.
  • the transceiver module 11 is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; the transceiver module 11 is also configured to Receive the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource based on the first indication information, where the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resources, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the second number is the pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources The number of symbols, or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first frequency sub-frequency domain resource that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used for carrying data corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resource. Number of DMRS CDM
  • the transceiving module 11 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module 11 is further configured to receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resources belong to the first sub-frequency The frequency domain resource of the frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information
  • the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the second frequency domain resource
  • One or more resource block groups in the resource the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups Belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource
  • the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain Resources, other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate that in the second frequency domain resource
  • the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data wherein the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the number
  • the first frequency domain resource belongs to the third frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to the preset first A number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group include The relationship between the quantities of the resource blocks satisfies the first preset condition.
  • the device further includes: a processing module 12, configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the value, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values, and each pattern is used to indicate The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information includes a first index value, and the processing module 12 is also used Based on the pattern corresponding to the first index value, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data is determined.
  • a processing module 12 configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the value, or the pattern
  • the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship
  • the third The frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource
  • the transceiving module 11 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 20 for resource allocation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 20 may be a network device, or may be a chip or a chip system on the network device.
  • the device 20 may be a terminal device, including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, and various forms of The terminal, mobile station, terminal, user equipment, soft terminal, etc. may also be a chip or a chip system on the terminal equipment.
  • the device 20 may include a processor 21 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 22 .
  • the memory 22 is used to store instructions
  • the processor 21 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 22, so that the device 20 realizes the execution of the equipment in the above-mentioned various possible designs in the corresponding methods as shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 step.
  • the device 20 may also include an input port 23 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 24 (ie, another example of a transceiver module).
  • the processor 21 , the memory 22 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths, and transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 22 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 21 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 22, to control the input port 23 to receive signals, and to control the output port 24 to send signals, so as to complete the terminal equipment or Steps of the radio access network device or UE or base station.
  • the memory 22 can be integrated in the processor 21 or can be set separately from the processor 21 .
  • the input port 23 is a receiver
  • the output port 24 is a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the input port 23 is an input interface
  • the output port 24 is an output interface
  • the functions of the input port 23 and the output port 34 may be realized by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processor 21 may be realized by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer to implement the device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the program codes to realize the functions of the processor 21 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 are stored in the memory 22 , and the general processor realizes the functions of the processor 21 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 by executing the codes in the memory 22 .
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 20 can be used to execute each action or process performed by the device (for example, terminal device) performing random access in the above method, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, its detailed description is omitted.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU, central processing unit), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP, digital signal processor), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or other arbitrary combinations.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a resource configuration method and apparatus. The method comprises: a network device indicates a first frequency domain resource to a terminal device, and the terminal device receives a physical downlink shared channel on the basis of the first frequency domain resource, wherein the first frequency domain resource comprises two sub-frequency domain resources, and the number of pre-demodulation reference signals (DMRSs) respectively corresponding to the two sub-frequency domain resources is different, or the number of DMRS code division multiplexing (CDM) groups that are not used for bearing data and respectively correspond to the two sub-frequency domain resources is different. According to the method and apparatus provided in the present application, the number of pre-DMRS symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used for bearing data on a scheduled frequency domain resource is configured to be different according to the communication requirement, so that the flexible resource configuration on a frequency domain is realized, thereby reducing transmission resources.

Description

资源配置的方法及装置Resource allocation method and device
本申请要求于2021年5月31日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110605573.7、发明名称为“资源配置的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110605573.7 and the title of the invention "method and device for resource allocation" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on May 31, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域，并且，更具体地，涉及一种资源配置的方法及装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and, more specifically, relates to a resource configuration method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前，网络设备与终端设备通信时，终端设备的所有调度资源块的解调参考信号(de-modulation reference signal，DMRS)配置相同，这里的DMRS配置包括前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的(code division multiplexing，CDM)组的数量等。而对于频率选择性衰落的场景，终端设备在不同的子带(一个或多个资源块(resource block，RB))上与其他终端设备进行空分复用，会出现不同子带上终端设备的数量不同的情况，从而导致在不同子带上同时传输的空间层的数量不同。如果按照终端设备的所有调度资源块的DMRS配置相同的方式，网络设备会根据传输空间层的数量最多的子带所需的前置DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，统一配置所有子带的前置DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，对于其中传输空间层数较少的子带而言，多余的DMRS或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组会占用数据传输的资源，造成了传输资源的浪费，影响通信效率。At present, when the network device communicates with the terminal device, the demodulation reference signal (de-modulation reference signal, DMRS) configuration of all scheduling resource blocks of the terminal device is the same, where the DMRS configuration includes the number of pre-DMRS symbols or not used to carry data The number of (code division multiplexing, CDM) groups, etc. For the scenario of frequency selective fading, the terminal equipment performs space division multiplexing with other terminal equipment on different subbands (one or more resource blocks (resource block, RB)), and the terminal equipment on different subbands will appear Different numbers result in different numbers of spatial layers transmitted simultaneously on different subbands. If the DMRS configuration of all scheduling resource blocks of the terminal device is the same, the network device will according to the number of pre-DMRS symbols required for the subband with the largest number of transmission space layers and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, Uniformly configure the number of pre-DMRS symbols and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data for all subbands. For subbands with fewer transmission space layers, redundant DMRS or DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data It will occupy resources for data transmission, resulting in a waste of transmission resources and affecting communication efficiency.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种资源配置的方法及装置，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，从而节省传输资源。The present application provides a method and device for resource configuration, by configuring the number of different pre-DMRS symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data according to the communication needs on the scheduled frequency domain resources, so as to realize flexible allocation in the frequency domain Resource allocation, thereby saving transmission resources.
第一方面，提供了一种资源配置的方法，包括：接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；基于该第一指示信息在第一频域资源上接收物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)，其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。In a first aspect, a resource configuration method is provided, including: receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; based on the first indication information, in the first frequency domain Receiving a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) on a resource, wherein the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource Frequency domain resources, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, Or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of DMRS that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource. Number of CDM groups.
上述方案，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的DMRS资源配置，降低传输DMRS的资源开销，提高资源的利用 率。The above scheme implements flexible DMRS resource allocation in the frequency domain by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, reduces resource overhead for DMRS transmission, and improves resource utilization.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource .
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
上述方案，在承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源中，第二指示信息仅需要指示除了预先确定的频域资源以外的资源，相比较没有预先确定的频域资源的情况，需要指示的资源变少，需要使用的信令大小也可以减少，能够降低信令的开销，节省资源。In the above solution, in the frequency domain resource carrying the downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device, the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resource. Compared with the case where there is no predetermined frequency domain resource, The resources that need to be indicated are reduced, and the size of the signaling that needs to be used can also be reduced, which can reduce signaling overhead and save resources.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源以外的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource One or more resource block groups, where the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
上述方案，在承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源中，第二指示信息仅需要指示除了预先确定的频域资源以外的资源，相比较没有预先确定的频域资源的情况，需要指示的资源变少，需要使用的信令大小也可以减少，能够降低了信令的开销，节省了资源。In the above solution, in the frequency domain resource carrying the downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device, the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resource. Compared with the case where there is no predetermined frequency domain resource, The resources that need to be indicated are reduced, and the size of the signaling that needs to be used can also be reduced, which can reduce signaling overhead and save resources.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, and the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, except for the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the One or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource The second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups that are not used to carry data, wherein the pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource The number of symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of preceding DMRS symbols or DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the second frequency domain resource The resource block groups whose quantity is the second quantity belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该 第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；该第一指示信息包括第一索引值，根据该第一索引值对应的图样，确定该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first The frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple index values, and the correspondence between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values relationship, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information includes a first index value , according to the pattern corresponding to the first index value, determine the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，该第三频域资源包括该第一频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the resource block group included The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence relationship, and the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，该第三频域资源包括该第一频域资源，所述资源块组包括的资源块的数量根据所述第一对应关系确定。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the resource block group included The number of resource blocks in the resource block group satisfies the first correspondence, the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource, and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group is determined according to the first correspondence.
上述方案，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。According to the above solution, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, under the condition that the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, which can realize indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity, saving The overhead of transmitting DMRS is reduced, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：接收第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一数量或该第二数量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二频域资源包括的资源块组的数量是基于该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量确定的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is determined based on the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第二频域资源包括的资源块组的数量小于或等于第二阈值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to a second threshold.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一子频域资源对应至少一个第一DMRS端口，该第二子频域资源对应至少一个第二DMRS端口，该至少一个第一DMRS端口的数量与该至少一个第二DMRS端口的数量相等；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值或该一个或多个第二DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引和该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引小于或者等于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同；其中，该至少一个第一DMRS端口和该至少一个第二DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，或者，该至少一个第一DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，该至少一个第二DMRS端口由第四指示信息指示，该第四指示信息与该第三指示信息不同。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the at least one first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port. The number of a DMRS port is equal to the number of the at least one second DMRS port; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than a third threshold or any index included in the one or more second DMRS ports When the index of a DMRS port is greater than the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port When the index and the index of all DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port ; Wherein, the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication information, and the at least one second DMRS port Indicated by fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is different from the third indication information.
上述方案，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源，网络设备配置的前置DMRS符号的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。In the above solution, for the frequency domain resources that carry the transmission signals of the network equipment and the terminal equipment, the two frequency domain resources configured by the network equipment with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols are respectively configured with DMRS ports, which avoids the waste of DMRS port resources and improves resource utilization. Scheduling flexibility.
第二方面，提供了一种信号传输的方法，包括：发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；在该第一频域资源上发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH；其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和 第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。In a second aspect, a signal transmission method is provided, including: sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; sending a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource; Wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first number is the first sub-frequency domain resource The number of corresponding pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols, the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number is the number of unused sub-frequency domain resources corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource Based on the number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data, the second number is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources.
上述方案，对调度的频域资源，通过根据通信需要为不同的资源配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的DMRS资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the above solution, for the scheduled frequency domain resources, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols for different resources according to communication needs, flexible DMRS resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource frequency domain resources.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
上述方案，在承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源中，第二指示信息仅需要指示除了预先确定的频域资源以外的资源，降低了信令的开销，节省了资源。In the above solution, in the frequency domain resources carrying the downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device, the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resources, which reduces signaling overhead and saves resources.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第一资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第二资源块组，该一个或多个第二资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第二资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more first resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more of the second frequency domain resources a second resource block group, the one or more second resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups Belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, Wherein, in the second frequency domain resource, the number of preamble DMRS symbols or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of preamble DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource is The resource block group whose number of DMRS symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the second number belongs to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
上述方案，通过约束第一频域资源和/或第三频域资源满足一定条件，使得第一指示信息能够用于指示调度的频域资源中预先确定的频域资源，进一步降低信令的开销。In the above solution, by constraining the first frequency domain resources and/or the third frequency domain resources to meet certain conditions, the first indication information can be used to indicate predetermined frequency domain resources among the scheduled frequency domain resources, further reducing signaling overhead .
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每 个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；根据该图样信息，和该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量确定第一索引值，该第一指示信息包括该第一索引值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: acquiring pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first The frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple index values, and the correspondence between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values relationship, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; according to the pattern information, and the second frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data determines a first index value, and the first indication information includes the first index value.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与该第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource is equal to the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the resource block group The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，该第三频域资源包括该第一频域资源，所述资源块组包括的资源块的数量根据所述第一对应关系确定。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the resource block group included The number of resource blocks in the resource block group satisfies the first correspondence, the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource, and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group is determined according to the first correspondence.
上述方案，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。According to the above solution, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, under the condition that the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, which can realize indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity, saving The overhead of transmitting DMRS is reduced, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第三信息，该第三信息用于指示该第一数量或第二数量。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第二频域资源包括的资源块组的数量是基于该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量确定的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is determined based on the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第二频域资源包括的资源块组的数量小于或等于第二阈值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to a second threshold.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一子频域资源对应至少一个第一DMRS端口，该第二子频域资源对应至少一个第二DMRS端口，该至少一个第一DMRS端口的数量与该至少一个第二DMRS端口的数量相等；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值或该一个或多个第二DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引和该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引小于或者等于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同；其中，该至少一个第一DMRS端口和该至少一个第二DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，或者，该至少一个第一DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，该至少一个第二DMRS端口由第四指示信息指示，该第四指示信息与该第三指示信息不同。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the at least one first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port. The number of a DMRS port is equal to the number of the at least one second DMRS port; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than a third threshold or any index included in the one or more second DMRS ports When the index of a DMRS port is greater than the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port When the index and the index of all DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port ; Wherein, the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication information, and the at least one second DMRS port Indicated by fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is different from the third indication information.
上述方案，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的前置DMRS符号的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。In the above scheme, DMRS ports are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols configured in the frequency domain resources carrying network equipment and terminal equipment transmission signals, which avoids waste of DMRS port resources and improves resource scheduling efficiency. flexibility.
第三方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于实现上述第一方面提供的方法中终端的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to realize the functions of the terminal in the method provided in the first aspect above. The functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该通信装置包括：收发模块，用于接 收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；该收发模块，还用于基于该第一指示信息在第一频域资源上接收物理下行共享信道PDSCH，其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the communication apparatus includes: a transceiver module, configured to receive first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; The transceiver module is further configured to receive a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on a first frequency domain resource based on the first indication information, wherein the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource Including a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of symbols of the second sub-frequency domain The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the domain resources, or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the second number is the number of the second sub-frequency domain resources The number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to bear data corresponding to frequency domain resources.
上述方案，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the above solution, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency sub-frequency in the first frequency domain resource Domain resources.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resources A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, except for the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the One or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource The second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups that are not used to carry data, wherein the pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource The number of symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of preceding DMRS symbols or DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the second frequency domain resource The resource block groups whose quantity is the second quantity belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理模块，用于获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；该第一指示信息包括第一索引值，该处理模块，还用于根据该第 一索引值对应的图样，确定该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the device further includes: a processing module configured to acquire pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, Wherein, the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values Correspondence between values, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information Including the first index value, the processing module is further configured to determine, according to the pattern corresponding to the first index value, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of symbols not used to carry data Number of DMRSCDM groups.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，该第三频域资源包括该第一频域资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the resource block group included The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence relationship, and the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于接收第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一数量或该第二数量。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the transceiving module is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
第四方面，提供了一种通信装置装置，包括：收发模块，用于发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；该收发模块，还用于在该第一频域资源上发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH；其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a transceiver module, configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; The physical downlink shared channel PDSCH is sent on the frequency domain resource; wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number Be the quantity of the DMRS code division multiplexing CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this first sub-frequency domain resource, this second quantity is the quantity of the DMRS CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this second sub-frequency domain resource.
上述方案，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the above solution, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource A sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource other than the first sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first frequency domain resources except the first A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the second frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第一资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第二资源块组，该一个或多个第二资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第二资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, where the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more first resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more of the second frequency domain resources a second resource block group, the one or more second resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups Belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, Wherein, in the second frequency domain resource, the number of preamble DMRS symbols or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of preamble DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource is The resource block group whose number of DMRS symbols or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the second number belongs to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M 属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the resources included in the third frequency domain resource The number of blocks is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the third frequency domain resource The relationship between the number of resource blocks included and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理模块，用于获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；该处理模块，还用于根据该图样信息，和该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量确定第一索引值，该第一指示信息包括该第一索引值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the device further includes: a processing module configured to acquire pattern information, where the pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, Wherein, the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values Correspondence between values, each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the processing module is also It is used to determine the first index value according to the pattern information, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, and the first indication information includes The first index value.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与该第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource is equal to the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the resource block group The number of resource blocks satisfies the first correspondence.
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该收发模块，还用于向该终端设备发送第三信息，该第三信息用于指示该第一数量或第二数量。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiving module is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器，用于存储计算机程序；该处理器，用于执行该存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得该通信装置执行第一方面或第二方面该的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first Aspect or the communication method of the second aspect.
第六方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。According to the sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. A computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect. .
第七方面，提供了一种芯片***，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片***地通信设备执行第一方面或第二方面该的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip system is provided, including: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第八方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序并运行时，使得上述第一方面中由终端设备执行的方法被执行，或使得上述第二方面中由网络设备执行的方法被执行。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program runs, the method performed by the terminal device in the above first aspect is executed, or the above first aspect is executed. The method performed by the network device of the two aspects is performed.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了5G***中DMRS图样的一例示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a DMRS pattern in a 5G system.
图2示出了配置不同的前置DMRS符号数的两个时隙的示意图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of two time slots configured with different numbers of preamble DMRS symbols.
图3示出了配置不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两个时隙的示意图。Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of configuring two time slots with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
图4示出了由于在频域配置相同的前置DMRS符号数造成的资源浪费。Figure 4 shows the waste of resources caused by configuring the same number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain.
图5示出了由于在频域配置相同的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量造成的资源浪费。Fig. 5 shows the waste of resources caused by configuring the same number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the frequency domain.
图6示出了本申请提供的一种资源配置的方法600的示意***互图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic interaction diagram of a resource configuration method 600 provided by the present application.
图7示出了第一频域资源的一例的示意图。Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first frequency domain resource.
图8示出了第一频域资源的又一例的示意图。Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram of another example of the first frequency domain resource.
图9是本申请实施例提供的用于信息发送的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device for sending information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10为本申请实施例提供的信息发送的装置20的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an information sending device 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“***”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地***、分布式***和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它***交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems). Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
1)、终端，又称之为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、或移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等，是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或车载设备等。目前，一些终端的举例为：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。1) Terminal, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT), is a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users Devices, for example, handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or vehicle-mounted devices, etc. At present, examples of some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), or wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), etc.
2)、网络设备是无线网络中的设备，例如将终端接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)节点。目前，一些RAN节点的举例为：gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wifi)接入点(access point，AP)等。在一种网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。2). The network device is a device in the wireless network, such as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node that connects the terminal to the wireless network. At present, some examples of RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc. In a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)***、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信***(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信***、5G***或新无线(new radio，NR)等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, 5G System or New Radio, NR) and so on.
在介绍本申请实施例之前，首先简单介绍几个与本申请实施例相关的概念。Before introducing the embodiments of the present application, several concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are briefly introduced.
依托于长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)和5G NR(new radio，NR)技术的固定无线接入(fixed wireless access，FWA)网络，通过室内或室外用户驻地设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)向最终用户提供无线局域网或有限局域网接入。CPE可以向最终用户提供互联网、固定电话、电视、智能家居等多种业务。针对于FWA场景，网络设备到CPE的下行通信通常以大数据包传输为主，基站需要给CPE调度较多的频谱资源才能满足其速率要求。特别地，针对于室内FWA场景，由于室内障碍物较多，多径效应严重，因此会存在信道会具有较强的频率选择性衰落。The fixed wireless access (FWA) network relying on long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) and 5G NR (new radio, NR) technology, through indoor or outdoor customer premises equipment (CPE) to End users are provided with wireless LAN or limited LAN access. CPE can provide Internet, landline telephone, TV, smart home and other services to end users. For the FWA scenario, the downlink communication from the network device to the CPE is usually based on the transmission of large data packets, and the base station needs to schedule more spectrum resources for the CPE to meet its rate requirements. In particular, for indoor FWA scenarios, since there are many obstacles indoors and the multipath effect is serious, there will be strong frequency selective fading of the channel.
在5G新空口(new radio interface，NR)***和长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***中，多址接入方式通常采用正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access，OFDMA)方式。正交频分多址方式的主要特点是将传输资源划分为相互正交的时频资源单元(resource element，RE)，发送端发送的信号都承载在RE上传输给接收端，由于不同的RE之间相互正交，使得接收端可以对每个RE上发送的信号进行单独接收。考虑到无线信道的衰落特性，RE上承载的信号经过信道传输后将产生畸变，通常将该信道畸变称为信道系数。为了能够对接收的信号进行恢复，接收端需要对信道系数进行估计，接收端获得信道信息的过程也可以称为信道估计，现有技术中通常采用基于参考信号进行信道估计的方案，即发送端在特定的RE上传输已知的信号，接收端根据接收到的信号及已知信号对信道系数进行估计，并根据此估计获得的信道系数对其他RE上的信道系数进行插值，进而对数据信号进行接收解调。In the 5G new radio interface (new radio interface, NR) system and the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, the multiple access method usually adopts the orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) method. The main feature of OFDMA is that the transmission resources are divided into mutually orthogonal time-frequency resource elements (resource elements, REs). are orthogonal to each other, so that the receiving end can separately receive the signal sent on each RE. Considering the fading characteristics of the wireless channel, the signal carried by the RE will be distorted after being transmitted through the channel, and the channel distortion is usually called a channel coefficient. In order to restore the received signal, the receiving end needs to estimate the channel coefficients. The process of obtaining channel information at the receiving end can also be called channel estimation. In the prior art, a channel estimation scheme based on reference signals is usually used, that is, the transmitting end When a known signal is transmitted on a specific RE, the receiving end estimates the channel coefficient based on the received signal and the known signal, and interpolates the channel coefficient on other REs based on the channel coefficient obtained by this estimation, and then the data signal Perform reception demodulation.
在现有无线通信***中，基站端配备多根天线以采用多输入多输出(multi-input multi-output，MIMO)技术实现空间复用传输，即在相同的时频资源上传输多个数据流，每个数据流在一个独立的空间层上传输，并且每个空间层将映射到不同的天线端口上进行发送。考虑到不同天线端口到终端设备的信道系数不尽相同，为了接收端能够获取多个空间层上传输的信息，需要对每个天线端口与终端之间的信道系数都进行估计，所以需要为每个天线端口配置不同的DMRS，不同天线端口对应的DMRS可采用时分、频分及码分等方式进行复用。示例性的，如图1所示，DMRS端口的总数为6，CDM组的个数为3。其中，水平方向代表时域，竖直方向代表频域，每个小方块代表一个RE，其中DMRS端口0和1通过正交码进行复用，所以这两个端口对应的RE又称为一个码分复用(code division multiplexing，CDM)组。In the existing wireless communication system, the base station is equipped with multiple antennas to realize spatial multiplexing transmission using multi-input multi-output (MIMO) technology, that is, multiple data streams are transmitted on the same time-frequency resource. , each data stream is transmitted on an independent spatial layer, and each spatial layer will be mapped to a different antenna port for transmission. Considering that the channel coefficients between different antenna ports and terminal devices are not the same, in order for the receiving end to obtain information transmitted on multiple spatial layers, it is necessary to estimate the channel coefficient between each antenna port and the terminal, so it is necessary for each Different DMRSs are configured for each antenna port, and the DMRSs corresponding to different antenna ports can be multiplexed by means of time division, frequency division, and code division. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 1 , the total number of DMRS ports is 6, and the number of CDM groups is 3. Among them, the horizontal direction represents the time domain, the vertical direction represents the frequency domain, and each small square represents a RE, where DMRS ports 0 and 1 are multiplexed by orthogonal codes, so the REs corresponding to these two ports are also called a code Division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group.
1、子载波：采用正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)技术的通信***中将频域资源划分为若干个子资源，每个频域上的子资源可称为一个子载波。子载波也可以理解为频域资源的最小粒度。其中，OFDM技术是一种多载波调制技术。1. Subcarrier: In a communication system using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technology, frequency domain resources are divided into several subresources, and each subresource in the frequency domain can be called a subcarrier. A subcarrier can also be understood as the minimum granularity of frequency domain resources. Among them, the OFDM technology is a multi-carrier modulation technology.
2、子载波间隔：采用OFDM技术的通信***中，频域上相邻的两个子载波的中心位置或峰值位置之间的间隔值。例如，LTE***中的子载波间隔为15kHz，5G中NR***的子载波间隔可以是15kHz，或30kHz，或60kHz，或120kHz等。2. Subcarrier spacing: In a communication system using OFDM technology, the interval value between the center positions or peak positions of two adjacent subcarriers in the frequency domain. For example, the subcarrier spacing in the LTE system is 15kHz, and the subcarrier spacing in the NR system in 5G can be 15kHz, or 30kHz, or 60kHz, or 120kHz, etc.
3、资源块(resource block，RB)：频域上连续的N个子载波可称为一个资源块。例如，LTE***中的一个资源块包括12个子载波，5G中NR***的一个资源块也包括12子载波。随着通信***的演进，一个资源块包括的子载波个数也可以是其他值。3. Resource block (resource block, RB): N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain can be called a resource block. For example, a resource block in the LTE system includes 12 subcarriers, and a resource block in the NR system in 5G also includes 12 subcarriers. With the evolution of the communication system, the number of subcarriers included in a resource block may also be other values.
4、时间单元：是时域概念或者时域上的单位，一个时间单元可以是一个或多个子帧， 一个或多个时隙，或者是一个或者多个OFDM时符号，其中，以5G NR***为例，应的时隙长度为1ms，30kHz子载波间隔对应的时隙长度为0.5ms。OFDM时符号也可以简称符号，是OFDM***中时域上以符号为最小的时间单元。4. Time unit: It is a time domain concept or a unit in the time domain. A time unit can be one or more subframes, one or more time slots, or one or more OFDM time symbols. Among them, the 5G NR system For example, the corresponding time slot length is 1 ms, and the time slot length corresponding to 30 kHz subcarrier interval is 0.5 ms. In OFDM, a symbol can also be referred to as a symbol for short, which is the smallest time unit in the time domain of an OFDM system.
5、时频资源单元：OFDM***中最小的时频资源粒度，时域上为一个OFDM符号，频域上为一个子载波。5. Time-frequency resource unit: The smallest time-frequency resource granularity in OFDM system, which is one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one subcarrier in the frequency domain.
6、子带：一个子带包括频域上的一个或多个资源块，或者，一个子带可以包括频域上的一个或者多个资源块组。由于每个资源块组同样包含多个资源块，因此，一个子带的大小可以与一个资源块组的大小相同，也可以不同。当一个子带与一个资源块组的大小相同时，子带也可以理解为资源块组。6. Subband: one subband includes one or more resource blocks in the frequency domain, or one subband may include one or more resource block groups in the frequency domain. Since each resource block group also includes multiple resource blocks, the size of one subband may be the same as or different from that of one resource block group. When a subband has the same size as a resource block group, the subband can also be understood as a resource block group.
7、天线端口：5G NR***中，天线端口是用于传输的逻辑端口，一个天线端口包括多个物理天线。从接收端的角度看，每一个天线端口对应于一个独立的无线信道。7. Antenna port: In the 5G NR system, the antenna port is a logical port for transmission, and one antenna port includes multiple physical antennas. From the perspective of the receiving end, each antenna port corresponds to an independent wireless channel.
8、空间层：现有无线通信***中，基站端配备多根天线以采用MIMO技术实现空间复用传输，即在相同的时频资源上传输多个不相同的数据流，每个不相关的数据流在一个独立的空间层上传输，并且每个空间层将映射到不同的天线端口上进行发送。8. Space layer: In the existing wireless communication system, the base station is equipped with multiple antennas to realize spatial multiplexing transmission using MIMO technology, that is, multiple different data streams are transmitted on the same time-frequency resource, and each unrelated Data streams are transmitted on an independent spatial layer, and each spatial layer is mapped to a different antenna port for transmission.
9、资源块组：一个或多个资源块组成了一个资源块组(resource block group，RBG)。5G NR中通过高层参数配置RBG的大小。需要说明的是，本申请中提及的RBG的大小，理解为RBG包括的资源块的数量，本申请提及的某一频域资源的大小，也理解为该频域资源包括的RB的数量。本申请中提及的某一频域资源包括的资源块组，或者某一频域资源包括的第一资源块组中的资源块组或第一资源块组可以理解为该频域资源中的单位资源块组。9. Resource block group: One or more resource blocks form a resource block group (RBG). In 5G NR, the size of RBG is configured through high-level parameters. It should be noted that the size of the RBG mentioned in this application is understood as the number of resource blocks included in the RBG, and the size of a certain frequency domain resource mentioned in this application is also understood as the number of RBs included in the frequency domain resource . The resource block group included in a certain frequency domain resource mentioned in this application, or the resource block group or the first resource block group in the first resource block group included in a certain frequency domain resource can be understood as the resource block group included in the frequency domain resource. Unit resource block group.
10、部分带宽(bandwidth part，BWP)：也可以称为带宽部分，5G NR中可以为终端设备配置载波中的部分频域资源用于数据传输，而不需要载波中的全部频域资源。10. Partial bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP): It can also be called the bandwidth part. In 5G NR, some frequency domain resources in the carrier can be configured for terminal equipment for data transmission, without requiring all frequency domain resources in the carrier.
11、type0类型资源分配和type1类型资源分配11. Type0 type resource allocation and type1 type resource allocation
下行数据信道支持两种类型的频域资源分配：type 0类型和type1类型。其中，type 0类型为非连续频域资源分配，type 1类型为连续频域资源分配。为了支持调度频域资源位置与数量的灵活性，下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)能够动态地指示所调度PDSCH传输使用的频域资源分配类型(当高层信令pdsch-config中的参数resourceAllocation被设置为dynamic时)，此时DCI中频域资源分配信息域中的最高比特用于指示当前DCI所调度的PDSCH传输使用的频域资源分配类型。另外，PDSCH使用的频域资源分配还可以直接通过高层信令参数resourceAllocation直接确定。The downlink data channel supports two types of frequency domain resource allocation: type 0 and type 1. Among them, the type 0 type is discontinuous frequency domain resource allocation, and the type 1 type is continuous frequency domain resource allocation. In order to support the flexibility of scheduling the location and quantity of frequency-domain resources, downlink control information (DCI) can dynamically indicate the type of frequency-domain resource allocation used for scheduled PDSCH transmission (when the parameter resourceAllocation in the high-level signaling pdsch-config is set to dynamic), at this time, the highest bit in the frequency domain resource allocation information field in the DCI is used to indicate the frequency domain resource allocation type used by the PDSCH transmission scheduled by the current DCI. In addition, the frequency domain resource allocation used by the PDSCH can also be directly determined through the high layer signaling parameter resourceAllocation.
具体地，type 0类型通过比特图或位图指示BWP中的分配给PDSCH使用的资源块组，type 1类型则通过RIV指示BWP中的分配给PDSCH使用的连续编号的资源块。在采用交织映射时，资源块可以理解为连续编号的虚拟资源块。RIV用于指示分配给UE PDSCH的起始资源块编号RB start和所分配的连续资源块的长度L RBs。现有3GPP标准TS 38.214中，RIV的计算公式如下所示： Specifically, the type 0 type indicates the resource block groups allocated to the PDSCH in the BWP through a bitmap or a bitmap, and the type 1 type indicates resource blocks with consecutive numbers allocated to the PDSCH in the BWP through the RIV. When using interleaved mapping, resource blocks can be understood as consecutively numbered virtual resource blocks. The RIV is used to indicate the starting resource block number RB start allocated to the UE PDSCH and the length L RBs of the allocated continuous resource blocks. In the existing 3GPP standard TS 38.214, the calculation formula of RIV is as follows:
如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000001
那么
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000002
if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000001
So
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000002
否则，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000003
otherwise,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000003
12、DMRS：解调参考信号是用于对接收信号进行恢复的参考信号，DMRS为发送端 和接收端均已知的信号，发送端将DMRS和数据经过相同的端口和无线信道传输给接收端，接收端根据接收的信号中的DMRS，获得信道系数，并根据信道系数对接收到的信号进行解调和译码，获得发送的数据。5G NR***中，考虑到不同天线端口到终端的信道系数不尽相同，为了接收端能够获取多个空间层上传输的信息，需要对每个天线端口与终端之间的信道系数都进行估计，所以需要为每个天线端口配置不同的DMRS，不同天线端口对应的DMRS可采用时分、频分及码分等方式进行复用。12. DMRS: The demodulation reference signal is a reference signal used to restore the received signal. DMRS is a signal known to both the sending end and the receiving end. The sending end transmits the DMRS and data to the receiving end through the same port and wireless channel , the receiving end obtains the channel coefficient according to the DMRS in the received signal, and demodulates and decodes the received signal according to the channel coefficient to obtain the transmitted data. In the 5G NR system, considering that the channel coefficients from different antenna ports to terminals are not the same, in order for the receiving end to obtain information transmitted on multiple spatial layers, it is necessary to estimate the channel coefficients between each antenna port and the terminal. Therefore, different DMRSs need to be configured for each antenna port, and the DMRSs corresponding to different antenna ports can be multiplexed by means of time division, frequency division, and code division.
DMRS包括前置DMRS和附加DMRS，前置DMRS在时隙中通常配置在物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的前面。目前，在时域可以配置1符号前置DMRS或者2符号前置DMRS。其中，2符号前置DMRS可以支持更多的DMRS端口，以传输更多的空间层。5G NR***通过高层参数maxlength配置DMRS的最大前置符号数量，maxlength可以为1或2，当maxlength配置为1时，表示前置DMRS最多占用1符号，当maxLenghth为2时，表示前置DMRS最多占用2符号。其中，当maxlenghth配置为2时，网络设备通过下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)中的天线端口字段，动态指示每个时隙的前置DMRS所占用的符号数量，即网络设备通过天线端口字段指示的“number of front-load symbols”确定前置DMRS占用的符号数量。示例性地，图2示出了配置不同的前置DMRS符号数的两个时隙。如图2所示，在时隙1时，由于空间层的数量高，DCI指示时隙1，配置2符号前置DMRS，在时隙2时，由于空间层的数量低，DCI指示时隙2配置1符号前置DMRS。The DMRS includes a pre-DMRS and an additional DMRS, and the pre-DMRS is usually configured in front of a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) in a time slot. Currently, a 1-symbol pre-DMRS or a 2-symbol pre-DMRS can be configured in the time domain. Among them, the 2-symbol pre-DMRS can support more DMRS ports to transmit more spatial layers. The 5G NR system configures the maximum number of pre-symbols of DMRS through the high-level parameter maxlength. maxlength can be 1 or 2. When maxlength is configured as 1, it means that the pre-DMRS occupies at most 1 symbol. When maxLength is 2, it means that the pre-DMRS is at most Takes 2 symbols. Among them, when maxlength is configured as 2, the network device dynamically indicates the number of symbols occupied by the pre-DMRS of each time slot through the antenna port field in the downlink control information (DCI), that is, the network device passes the antenna port The "number of front-load symbols" indicated by the field determines the number of symbols occupied by the front-load DMRS. Exemplarily, Fig. 2 shows two time slots configured with different numbers of preamble DMRS symbols. As shown in Figure 2, at time slot 1, due to the high number of spatial layers, DCI indicates time slot 1, and configures 2 symbol pre-DMRS, and at time slot 2, due to the low number of spatial layers, DCI indicates time slot 2 Configure 1-symbol pre-DMRS.
NR支持两种DMRS导频类型，DMRS Type1类型和DMRS Type2类型。DMRS Type1类型共两个CDM组，当采用单符号DMRS时，最多支持4个DMRS端口，其中每个CDM组内部通过频域码分复用的方式支持2个DMRS端口复用；当采用双符号DMRS时，最多支持8个DMRS端口，其中每个CDM组中通过时域及频域码分复用的方式支持4个DMRS端口复用。DMRS Type 2类型共3个CDM组，当采用单符号DMRS时，最多支持6个DMRS端口，每个CDM组内通过频域码分复用的方式支持2个DMRS端口复用；当采用双符号DMRS时，最多支持12个DMRS端口，每个CDM组内通过时域及频域码分复用的方式支持4个DMRS端口复用。NR supports two DMRS pilot types, DMRS Type1 and DMRS Type2. There are two CDM groups in DMRS Type1. When single-symbol DMRS is used, it supports up to 4 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports 2 DMRS port multiplexing through frequency domain code division multiplexing; when double-symbol For DMRS, it supports up to 8 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports multiplexing of 4 DMRS ports through time domain and frequency domain code division multiplexing. There are 3 CDM groups in DMRS Type 2. When using single-symbol DMRS, it supports up to 6 DMRS ports. Each CDM group supports multiplexing of 2 DMRS ports through frequency domain code division multiplexing; when using double-symbol For DMRS, it supports up to 12 DMRS ports, and each CDM group supports multiplexing of 4 DMRS ports through time domain and frequency domain code division multiplexing.
同时，5G NR***中，未被用于传输DMRS的CDM组可以用于传输数据信号，因而，网络设备还会通过DCI中的“天线端口”字段指示的“不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量”，通知UE哪些CDM组中的DMRS端口被其他用户所使用。这样终端可以在数据映射的时候，避开映射了自身和其他UE参考信号的RE。当指示的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数为1时，指示仅有CDM组0用于承载DMRS，其他CDM组对应的RE用于传输数据。当不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数为2时，指示仅有CDM组0、1用于承载DMRS，其他CDM组对应的RE用于传输数据。当不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组为3时，指示CDM组0、1、2用于承载DMRS。示例性地，图3示出了配置不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两个时隙。如图3所示，在时隙1时，DCI指示UE0有2个CDM组不用于传输数据，即为CDM组0和1，CDM组0用于传输UE0的DMRS，而CDM组1用于传输其他用户(UE1)的DMRS，在时隙2时，DCI指示UE0有1个CDM组不用于传输数据，即CDM组0，CDM组0传输UE0的DMRS。At the same time, in the 5G NR system, the CDM group that is not used to transmit DMRS can be used to transmit data signals. Therefore, the network device will also pass the "DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data" indicated by the "antenna port" field in DCI. Quantity" to inform the UE which DMRS ports in the CDM group are used by other users. In this way, during data mapping, the terminal can avoid REs that map its own and other UE reference signals. When the indicated number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1, it indicates that only CDM group 0 is used to carry DMRS, and REs corresponding to other CDM groups are used to transmit data. When the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 2, it indicates that only CDM groups 0 and 1 are used to carry DMRS, and REs corresponding to other CDM groups are used to transmit data. When the DMRS CDM group not used to carry data is 3, it indicates that CDM groups 0, 1, and 2 are used to carry DMRS. Exemplarily, FIG. 3 shows two time slots configured with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data. As shown in Figure 3, at time slot 1, DCI indicates that UE0 has two CDM groups that are not used for data transmission, that is, CDM groups 0 and 1, CDM group 0 is used to transmit DMRS of UE0, and CDM group 1 is used for transmission For the DMRS of other users (UE1), in time slot 2, the DCI indicates that UE0 has one CDM group that is not used for data transmission, that is, CDM group 0, and CDM group 0 transmits the DMRS of UE0.
应理解，不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，也可以理解为用于承载 DMRS的CDM组的数量。在NR标准中，能够用于Type 1类型的DMRS的资源可以划分为2个CDM组，能够用于承载Type2类型的DMRS的资源可以划分为3个CDM组，通过不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，可以确定用于承载DMRS的CDM组以及用于承载数据的CDM组。示例的，以Type 2类型的DMRS为例，能够承载DMRS的资源被划分为3个CDM组，即CDM组0、1和2，当不用于承载数据的CDM的数量为3时，即仅有CDM组0、1和2用于承载DMRS，任一CDM组不用于承载数据；当不用于承载数据的CDM的数量为2时，即仅有CDM组0和1用于承载DMRS，而CDM组2则用于承载数据。It should be understood that the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups not used to bear data can also be understood as the number of CDM groups used to bear DMRS. In the NR standard, the resources that can be used for Type 1 DMRS can be divided into 2 CDM groups, and the resources that can be used to carry Type 2 DMRS can be divided into 3 CDM groups. The DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data The CDM group used to carry DMRS and the CDM group used to carry data can be determined. For example, taking the Type 2 DMRS as an example, the resources capable of carrying DMRS are divided into 3 CDM groups, that is, CDM groups 0, 1 and 2. When the number of CDMs not used to carry data is 3, that is, only CDM groups 0, 1 and 2 are used to carry DMRS, and any CDM group is not used to carry data; when the number of CDMs not used to carry data is 2, that is, only CDM groups 0 and 1 are used to carry DMRS, and CDM group 2 is used to carry data.
下面结合图4和图5，介绍目前网络设备和终端设备通信时采用的DMRS配置的情况。4 and FIG. 5 , the current DMRS configuration used in the communication between the network device and the terminal device will be introduced below.
目前，网络设备与终端设备通信时，终端设备的所有调度资源块的解调参考信号DMRS配置相同，这里的DMRS配置包括前置DMRS符号的数量、不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量等，这里的调度资源块可以理解为分配给被调度UE用传输数据的资源块。而对于频率选择性衰落的场景，当采用子带配对时，终端设备在不同的子带(一个或多个RB)上与其他终端设备进行空分复用，会出现不同子带上终端设备的数量不同的情况，从而导致在不同子带上同时传输的空间层的数量不同。At present, when the network device communicates with the terminal device, the demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration of all scheduling resource blocks of the terminal device is the same. The DMRS configuration here includes the number of pre-DMRS symbols, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, etc. The scheduling resource block here can be understood as a resource block allocated to the scheduled UE for data transmission. For the scenario of frequency selective fading, when subband pairing is used, the terminal equipment performs space division multiplexing with other terminal equipment on different subbands (one or more RBs), and the terminal equipment on different subbands will appear Different numbers result in different numbers of spatial layers transmitted simultaneously on different subbands.
如果采用目前的DMRS配置方式，即网络设备会根据传输空间层的数量最多的子带所需的前置DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，统一配置所有子带的前置DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，对于其中传输空间层数较少的子带而言，造成了传输资源的浪费。If the current DMRS configuration method is used, the network device will uniformly configure the preamble symbols of all subbands according to the number of preamble DMRS symbols required for the subband with the largest number of transmission space layers and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data. Setting the number of DMRS symbols and the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data results in a waste of transmission resources for subbands in which the number of transmission space layers is small.
示例性地，图4示出了由于在频域配置相同的前置DMRS符号数造成的资源浪费。如图4所示，频域上共有8个子带，编号为子带1至子带8，采用子带配对时，即终端设备以子带为单位进行空分复用时，与该8个子带对应的UE共有7个，编号为UE 0到UE 6。假设每个UE在每个子带上最多传输1空间层的数据，如图4所示，以子带7为例，UE0至UE6都在子带7上传输1空间层的数据，子带7上存在7层空间层(S402)，而以子带3为例，UE0、UE1、UE4都在子带3上传输1空间层的数据，子带3上仅存在3层空间层(S401)。从图4中可以看出，空间层数最多的子带是子带7，网络设备根据子带7上的空间层数量，配置2符号的前置DMRS。以配置type1类型的DMRS为例，假设不用于传输数据的CDM组的数量配置为3，对于子带3而言，仅配置1符号的前置DMRS即可满足传输需求，当配置2符号前置DMRS时，造成了传输资源的浪费。Exemplarily, Fig. 4 shows resource waste caused by configuring the same number of preamble DMRS symbols in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 4, there are a total of 8 subbands in the frequency domain, numbered from subband 1 to subband 8. When subband pairing is used, that is, when the terminal device performs space division multiplexing in units of subbands, the 8 subbands There are 7 corresponding UEs, numbered UE 0 to UE 6. Assume that each UE transmits data of at most 1 spatial layer on each subband, as shown in Figure 4, taking subband 7 as an example, UE0 to UE6 transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 7, and on subband 7 There are 7 spatial layers (S402), and taking subband 3 as an example, UE0, UE1, and UE4 all transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 3, and there are only 3 spatial layers on subband 3 (S401). It can be seen from Figure 4 that the subband with the largest number of spatial layers is subband 7, and the network device configures a pre-DMRS of 2 symbols according to the number of spatial layers on subband 7. Taking the configuration of type1 DMRS as an example, assuming that the number of CDM groups not used for data transmission is configured as 3, for subband 3, only 1-symbol pre-DMRS can be configured to meet the transmission requirements. When DMRS is used, transmission resources are wasted.
需要说明的是，本申请中所说的“符号”可以理解为OFDM符号。It should be noted that the "symbol" mentioned in this application can be understood as an OFDM symbol.
示例性地，图5示出了由于在频域配置相同的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量造成的资源浪费。如图5所示，频域上共有8个子带，编号为子带1至子带8，采用子带配对时，即终端设备以子带为单位进行空分复用时，与该8个子带对应的UE共有7个,编号为UE 0到6。假设每个UE在每个子带上最多传输1空间层的数据，如图5所示，以子带7为例，UE0至UE6都在子带7上传输1空间层的数据，子带7上存在7层空间层(S502)，而以子带3为例，UE0、UE1、UE4都在子带3上传输1空间层的数据，子带3上仅存在3层空间层(S501)。从图5中可以看出，空间层数最多的子带是子带7，网络设备根据子带7上的空间层数量，配置2个不用于传输数据的CDM组。对于子带3而言，仅配置1个不用于传输数据的CDM组即可满足传输需求，当配置2个不用于传输数 据的CDM组时，造成了传输资源的浪费。Exemplarily, FIG. 5 shows resource waste caused by configuring the same number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 5, there are a total of 8 subbands in the frequency domain, numbered from subband 1 to subband 8. When subband pairing is used, that is, when the terminal device performs space division multiplexing in units of subbands, the 8 subbands There are 7 corresponding UEs, numbered UE 0 to 6. Assume that each UE transmits data of at most 1 spatial layer on each subband, as shown in Figure 5, taking subband 7 as an example, UE0 to UE6 transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 7, and on subband 7 There are 7 spatial layers (S502), and taking subband 3 as an example, UE0, UE1, and UE4 all transmit data of 1 spatial layer on subband 3, and there are only 3 spatial layers on subband 3 (S501). It can be seen from Figure 5 that the subband with the largest number of spatial layers is subband 7, and the network device configures two CDM groups that are not used for data transmission according to the number of spatial layers on subband 7. For sub-band 3, only one CDM group not used for data transmission can meet the transmission requirements. When two CDM groups not used for data transmission are configured, transmission resources are wasted.
因此，本申请希望提出一种资源配置的方法，实现频域上灵活的前置DMRS符号数和/或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量的资源配置，从而节省传输资源。Therefore, the present application hopes to propose a resource allocation method to realize flexible resource allocation of the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain and/or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, thereby saving transmission resources.
下面结合图6至图8，详细介绍本申请资源配置的方法。The resource allocation method of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 .
图6示出了本申请提供的一种资源配置的方法600的示意***互图。方法600可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 6 shows a schematic interaction diagram of a resource configuration method 600 provided by the present application. Method 600 may include the following steps.
在第一种可能的实现方式中，S601，网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源。In a first possible implementation manner, S601, the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
应理解，这里的第一频域资源可以理解成为被调度的UE配置的资源，或者可以理解成用于承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源。示例性地，该第一频域资源属于BWP。示例性地，网络设备通过DCI中的“频域资源分配”字段向终端设备指示该第一频域资源。It should be understood that the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the first frequency domain resource belongs to the BWP. Exemplarily, the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
S602，网络设备在第一频域资源上发送PDSCH，相应地，终端设备在第一频域资源上接收PDSCH。S602. The network device sends the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源。Wherein, the first number of PDSCHs is different from the second number of PDSCHs, and the first frequency domain resources include first sub-frequency domain resources and second sub-frequency domain resources.
(1)该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者(1) The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or
(2)该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，或者(2) The first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources the number of DMRS CDM groups, or
(3)该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量和不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量。(3) The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of the first sub-frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the two sub-frequency domain resources and the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data.
应理解，当第一数量和第二数量不同时，可以理解为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量与该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量不同，以及，该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量与该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量不同。It should be understood that when the first number is different from the second number, it can be understood that the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource The numbers are different, and the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource is different from the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
需要说明的是，本申请以上述(1)或(2)为例对方法600进行说明，但本申请对此不做限定。方法600的第一种可能的实现方式以上述(1)为例进行说明。It should be noted that the present application uses the above (1) or (2) as an example to describe the method 600, but the present application does not limit this. The first possible implementation manner of the method 600 is described by taking the above (1) as an example.
本申请实施例，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the embodiment of the present application, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
可选地，S603，网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。Optionally, in S603, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource. A sub-frequency domain resource.
示例性地，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。终端设备可以根据第二指示信息指示的第一子频域资源确定第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源。Exemplarily, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource. The terminal device may determine the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information.
下面以两种资源分配的方式为例，详细介绍第二指示信息如何指示第一子频域资源。The following takes the two resource allocation manners as examples to introduce in detail how the second indication information indicates the first sub-frequency domain resource.
方式一，第二指示信息通过位图的方式(例如type0类型的资源分配方式)指示该第一频域资源中的第一子频域资源。具体地，第二指示信息指示该第一频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组为第一子频域资源。这里的第一资源块组包括一个或多个RB。Way 1: The second indication information indicates the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource in the form of a bitmap (for example, resource allocation mode of type0 type). Specifically, the second indication information indicates that one or more first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources are the first sub-frequency domain resources. The first resource block group here includes one or more RBs.
示例性地，图7示出了第一频域资源的示意图。如图7所示，第一频域资源包括8个RB，RB0至RB7，一个第一资源块组的大小(size)为2个RB，第一频域资源包括4个第一资源块组，第一资源块组0至第一资源块组3。网络设备发送的第二指示信息指示终端设备第一资源块组1为第一子频域资源。那么，终端设备根据第一频域资源中包括的RB数量和第一资源块组的大小确定出第一频域资源包括的第一资源块组的数量和位置，再根据第二指示信息可以确定出第一子频域资源的位置。Exemplarily, Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the first frequency domain resource. As shown in FIG. 7, the first frequency domain resource includes 8 RBs, RB0 to RB7, the size (size) of a first resource block group is 2 RBs, and the first frequency domain resource includes 4 first resource block groups, The first resource block group 0 to the first resource block group 3 . The second indication information sent by the network device indicates to the terminal device that the first resource block group 1 is the first sub-frequency domain resource. Then, the terminal device determines the number and position of the first resource block group included in the first frequency domain resource according to the number of RBs included in the first frequency domain resource and the size of the first resource block group, and then can determine according to the second indication information Find the location of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
方式二，终端设备采用连续资源分配方式(例如type1类型的资源分配方式)时，第二指示信息通过资源指示值(resource indicator value，RIV)在第一频域资源中指示连续的一个或多个第一资源块组。这里的第一资源块组包括一个或多个RB。 Mode 2, when the terminal device adopts a continuous resource allocation mode (such as type1 resource allocation mode), the second indication information indicates one or more consecutive resources in the first frequency domain resource through a resource indicator value (RIV). A first resource block group. The first resource block group here includes one or more RBs.
示例性地，网络设备通过第二指示信息指示一个RIV，如RIV2。终端设备根据第一频域资源中包括的RB数量和第一资源块组的大小确定出第一频域资源包括的第一资源块组的数量和位置，再根据RIV2对应的起始第一资源块组的序号(RB start)和连续分配的第一资源块组的数量(L RBs)，确定出第一子频域资源的位置。 Exemplarily, the network device indicates a RIV, such as RIV2, through the second indication information. The terminal device determines the number and position of the first resource block group included in the first frequency domain resource according to the number of RBs included in the first frequency domain resource and the size of the first resource block group, and then according to the starting first resource corresponding to RIV2 The sequence number of the block group (RB start ) and the number of consecutively allocated first resource block groups (L RBs ) determine the position of the first sub-frequency domain resource.
应理解，上述第一资源块组可以理解为5G NR中通过高层参数配置的RBG，也可以理解为其他形式的资源块组。下面以四种可能的方式为例，详细介绍确定第一资源块组的大小(size)的实现方式。其中，可能的方式三可以适用于上述方式一和方式二，可能的方式一、二、四只可以只适用于上述方式一。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first resource block group can be understood as an RBG configured by a high-level parameter in 5G NR, and can also be understood as another form of resource block group. Taking four possible ways as examples below, the implementation way of determining the size (size) of the first resource block group will be introduced in detail. Among them, possible mode 3 can be applied to the above-mentioned mode 1 and mode 2, and possible modes 1, 2 and 4 can only be applied to the above-mentioned mode 1.
可能的方式一，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数(rbg-size)配置的RBG的大小。即第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量为高层参数(rbg-size)指示的资源块的数量。 Possible manner 1, the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG configured by the high layer parameter (rbg-size). That is, the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group is the number of resource blocks indicated by the high layer parameter (rbg-size).
需要说明的是，本申请中提及的资源块组的大小可以理解为该资源块组包括的资源块的数量。It should be noted that the size of the resource block group mentioned in this application can be understood as the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group.
实施本方式时，第一资源块组的定义延用现有的RBG，相对于其他几种可能的方式，对现有协议改动最小。When implementing this method, the definition of the first resource block group continues to use the existing RBG, and compared with other possible methods, the modification of the existing protocol is minimal.
可能的方式二，第一资源块组的大小随第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量动态变化。In a second possible manner, the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource.
或者，第一资源块组的大小根据可以根据第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量确定。或者，第一资源块组的大小随调度资源块组的数量动态变化。Alternatively, the size of the first resource block group may be determined according to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource. Alternatively, the size of the first resource block group changes dynamically with the number of scheduled resource block groups.
或者，所述第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与所述资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，所述第三频域资源包括所述第一频域资源，第一资源块组的大小根据该第一对应关系确定。那么，第一资源块组的大小与第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量和BWP中包括的RBG的数量的比值满足第一对应关系，或者，第一资源块组的大小根据第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量和BWP中包括的RBG的数量的比值确定。Or, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency-domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency-domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship, so The third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource, and the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the first correspondence. Then, the ratio of the size of the first resource block group to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource and the number of RBGs included in the BWP satisfies the first corresponding relationship, or, the size of the first resource block group is based on the first frequency domain The ratio of the number of RBGs included in the resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is determined.
示例性地，第三频域资源为BWP或激活部分带宽(active bandwidth part)或带宽(bandwidth)。Exemplarily, the third frequency domain resource is BWP or active bandwidth part or bandwidth.
作为一个示例，(1)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量大于BWP包括的RBG 的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000004
或者第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000005
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小。(2)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量小于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000006
或者第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值小于或等于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000007
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000008
As an example, (1) when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000004
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000005
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high layer parameter rbg-size. (2) When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000006
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is less than or equal to
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000007
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000008
作为另一个示例，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000009
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000010
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000011
为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000012
为第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000013
为BWP中包括的RBG的数量。示例性地，表1示出了第一资源块组的大小随第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量动态变化的一例。由表1可见，当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000014
或者第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000015
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小；当第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量小于或等于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000016
且大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000017
时，第一资源块组的大小为RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000018
当第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量小于或等于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000019
时，第一资源块组的大小为RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000020
As another example,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000009
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000010
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000011
The RBG size indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000012
is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000013
is the number of RBGs included in the BWP. Exemplarily, Table 1 shows an example in which the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource. It can be seen from Table 1 that when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000014
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000015
, the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000016
and greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000017
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000018
When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000019
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000020
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000021
应理解，终端设备为了确定用于指示自身的DCI在哪一块时频资源上，需要对能获得的所有DCI进行盲检。盲检同一个长度的DCI只需要一种配置，盲检不同长度的DCI需要不同的配置，盲检的次数也相较于盲检同一个长度的DCI时更多。示例性的，假设终端设备能获得的DCI的长度有两种情况，一种为4比特，一种为2比特，那么终端设备需要采用DCI长度为4时的配置对DCI盲检n次，还需要根据DCI长度为2时的配置对DCI盲检n次。假设终端设备能获得的DCI的长度均为4比特，那么终端设备可以只采用DCI长度为4比特时的配置对DCI盲检n次。因此为了减少终端设备盲检DCI的次数，DCI的长度的候选值应尽可能少。It should be understood that, in order to determine which piece of time-frequency resource the DCI used to indicate itself is on, the terminal device needs to perform blind detection on all available DCIs. Blind detection of DCIs of the same length requires only one configuration, blind detection of DCIs of different lengths requires different configurations, and the number of blind detections is more than that of blind detection of DCIs of the same length. Exemplarily, assuming that the length of the DCI that the terminal device can obtain has two situations, one is 4 bits, and the other is 2 bits, then the terminal device needs to use the configuration when the DCI length is 4 to blindly detect the DCI n times, and The DCI needs to be blindly detected n times according to the configuration when the DCI length is 2. Assuming that the length of DCI that can be obtained by the terminal device is all 4 bits, then the terminal device can blindly detect the DCI n times only by using the configuration when the DCI length is 4 bits. Therefore, in order to reduce the number of times the terminal device blindly detects the DCI, the number of candidate values for the length of the DCI should be as small as possible.
在本方式中，为了保证DCI的长度的候选值应尽可能少，第二指示信息的长度应为固 定值，其中，第二指示信息的长度为调度BWP中全部资源块时所需的指示信息的长度。当实际调度资源的数量即第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量少于BWP包括的RBG数量时，第二指示信息通过在高位填充比特的方式，维持第二指示信息的长度恒定。为了避免调度资源过少时，需要向第二指示信息中填充较多的比特从而造成资源的浪费。本方式根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定第一资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。In this method, in order to ensure that there are as few candidate values as possible for the length of the DCI, the length of the second indication information should be a fixed value, where the length of the second indication information is the indication information required when scheduling all resource blocks in the BWP length. When the number of actual scheduling resources, that is, the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than the number of RBGs included in the BWP, the second indication information keeps the length of the second indication information constant by filling high bits. In order to avoid too few scheduling resources, it is necessary to fill more bits into the second indication information, thereby causing waste of resources. In this way, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, under the condition that the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the first resource block group is dynamically determined, and the indication and scheduling with a smaller granularity can be realized. The overhead of transmitting DMRS is saved, and at the same time, the number of filling bits in the indication information is reduced, further reducing waste of resources.
可能的实现方式三，第一资源块组的大小与一个系数相关。Possible implementation manner three, the size of the first resource block group is related to a coefficient.
该“一个系数”为预定义的或者为网络设备通过高层信令配置的。The "one coefficient" is predefined or configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
作为一个示例，第一资源块组的大小是根据系数k确定的。As an example, the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the coefficient k.
以type0类型资源分配为例，第一资源块组的大小是根据系数k与高层参数配置的RBG的大小
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000022
确定的。 Taking type0 resource allocation as an example, the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG configured according to the coefficient k and high-level parameters
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000022
definite.
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000023
当k为大于1的整数时，第一资源块组的大小大于高层参数配置的RBG的大小，其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000024
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000025
为RBG的大小。
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000023
When k is an integer greater than 1, the size of the first resource block group is greater than the size of the RBG configured by the high-level parameter, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000024
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000025
is the size of RBG.
以type1类型资源分配为例，第一资源块组的大小是根据系数k确定的。Taking type1 resource allocation as an example, the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the coefficient k.
第一资源块组由k个RB组成，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000026
等于k，其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000027
为第一资源块组的大小。 The first resource block group consists of k RBs,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000026
is equal to k, where,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000027
is the size of the first resource block group.
应理解，这里的系数k为预定义的或者为网络设备通过高层信令配置的。It should be understood that the coefficient k here is predefined or configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
在本方式中，在系数k大于1的情况下，第一资源块组的包括的RB的数量的变多了，使得同样长度的第二指示信息能够指示更多的RB，降低第二指示信息的开销。In this method, when the coefficient k is greater than 1, the number of RBs included in the first resource block group increases, so that the second indication information of the same length can indicate more RBs, reducing the number of second indication information s expenses.
作为另一个示例，第一资源块组的大小是根据第二指示信息的长度(size)确定的，或可以说，第一资源块组的大小是根据第二指示信息所占的比特数确定的。As another example, the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the length (size) of the second indication information, or it can be said that the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the number of bits occupied by the second indication information .
以type0类型资源分配为例，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000028
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000029
为BWP的大小，M为预定义的第二指示信息的长度。 Take resource allocation of type0 as an example,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000028
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000029
is the size of the BWP, and M is the length of the predefined second indication information.
以type1类型资源分配为例，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000030
或者，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000031
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000032
为第一资源块组的大小，M为预定义的第二指示信息的长度。 Take type1 resource allocation as an example,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000030
or,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000031
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000032
is the size of the first resource block group, and M is the length of the predefined second indication information.
在本方式中，第一资源块组的大小根据BWP和第二指示信息的大小动态变化，使得在不改变第二指示信息的长度的情况下，第二指示信息能够指示更多的RB，降低第二指示信息的开销。In this method, the size of the first resource block group is dynamically changed according to the BWP and the size of the second indication information, so that the second indication information can indicate more RBs without changing the length of the second indication information, reducing The overhead of the second indication information.
可能的实施方式四，第一资源块组的大小是根据第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量和一个系数确定的。这里的“一个系数”具体可参照上述可能的实施方式三。In a fourth possible implementation manner, the size of the first resource block group is determined according to the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource and a coefficient. The "one coefficient" here may specifically refer to the third possible implementation manner above.
作为一个示例，该“一个系数”为可能的实施方式三中的系数k时，(1)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000033
或者第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000034
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小的k倍。(2)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量小于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000035
或者第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的 RBG的数量的比值小于或等于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000036
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000037
倍。 As an example, when the "one coefficient" is the coefficient k in possible implementation manner 3, (1) when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000033
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000034
When , the size of the first resource block group is k times the size of the RBG indicated by the high layer parameter rbg-size. (2) When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000035
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is less than or equal to
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000036
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000037
times.
在本方式中，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。In this method, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, when the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
作为另一个示例，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000038
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000039
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000040
为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000041
为第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000042
为BWP中包括的RBG的数量。示例性地，表2示出了第一资源块组的大小随第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量动态变化的另一例。由表2可见，当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000043
或者第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000044
时，第一资源块组的大小为高层参数rbg-size指示的RBG的大小的k倍；当第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量小于或等于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000045
且大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000046
时，第一资源块组的大小为RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000047
倍；当第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量小于或等于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000048
时，第一资源块组的大小为RBG的大小的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000049
倍。 As another example,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000038
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000039
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000040
The RBG size indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000041
is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000042
is the number of RBGs included in the BWP. Exemplarily, Table 2 shows another example where the size of the first resource block group dynamically changes with the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource. It can be seen from Table 2 that when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000043
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000044
, the size of the first resource block group is k times the size of the RBG indicated by the high-level parameter rbg-size; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000045
and greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000046
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000047
times; when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000048
When , the size of the first resource block group is the size of RBG
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000049
times.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000050
在本方式中，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。In this method, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, when the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
作为另一个示例，该“一个系数”为可能的实施方式三中的第二指示信息的长度M时，(1)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量大于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000051
或者第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000052
时，第一资 源块组的大小为
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000053
(2)当第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量小于BWP包括的RBG的数量的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000054
或者第一频域资源包括的RBG的数量与BWP包括的RBG的数量的比值小于或等于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000055
时，第一资源块组的大小为
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000056
As another example, when the "one coefficient" is the length M of the second indication information in Possible Implementation Mode 3, (1) when the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is greater than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000051
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000052
When , the size of the first resource block group is
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000053
(2) When the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource is less than the number of RBGs included in the BWP
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000054
Or the ratio of the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of RBGs included in the BWP is less than or equal to
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000055
When , the size of the first resource block group is
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000056
在本方式中，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。In this method, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, when the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
作为另一个示例，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000057
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000058
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000059
为BWP的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000060
为第一频域资源中包括的RBG的数量，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000061
为BWP中包括的RBG的数量，M为预定义的第二指示信息的长度。 As another example,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000057
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000058
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000059
is the size of the BWP,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000060
is the number of RBGs included in the first frequency domain resource,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000061
is the number of RBGs included in the BWP, and M is the length of the predefined second indication information.
在本方式中，根据实际调度资源情况，在用于调度资源的指示信息的长度不变的情况下，动态变化指示粒度，即动态确定资源块组的大小，能够实现更小粒度的指示与调度，节省了传输DMRS的开销，同时减少了指示信息中填充比特的数量，进一步减少了资源的浪费。In this method, according to the actual scheduling resource situation, when the length of the indication information used for scheduling resources remains unchanged, the indication granularity is dynamically changed, that is, the size of the resource block group is dynamically determined, and smaller granularity indication and scheduling can be realized , which saves the overhead of transmitting DMRS, and at the same time reduces the number of filling bits in the indication information, further reducing the waste of resources.
可选地，S604，网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一数量或该第二数量。Optionally, in S604, the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
应理解，由于被调度的频域资源上的前置DMRS符号的数量为1或2，且第一数量与第二数量不同，当第三指示信息可以用于指示第一数量时，终端设备可以确定出第二数量。例如，当第一数量为1时，第二数量为2，反之亦然。It should be understood that since the number of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources is 1 or 2, and the first number is different from the second number, when the third indication information can be used to indicate the first number, the terminal device can A second quantity is determined. For example, when the first number is 1, the second number is 2, and vice versa.
可选地，方法600还包括：该第一子频域资源对应至少一个第一DMRS端口，该第二子频域资源对应至少一个第二DMRS端口，该至少一个第一DMRS端口的数量与该至少一个第二DMRS端口的数量相等；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值或该一个或多个第二DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引和该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引小于或者等于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同；其中，该至少一个第一DMRS端口和该至少一个第二DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，或者，该至少一个第一DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，该至少一个第二DMRS端口由第四指示信息指示，该第四指示信息与该第三指示信息不同。Optionally, the method 600 further includes: the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the number of the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the number of the first DMRS port. The number of at least one second DMRS port is equal; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than the third threshold or the index of any DMRS port included in the one or more second DMRS ports is greater than the first When the threshold is three, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when the indexes of all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second When the indexes of all DMRS ports included in the two DMRS ports are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are the same as the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; wherein, the at least one first DMRS port includes the same DMRS port; A DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication information, and the at least one second DMRS port is indicated by the fourth indication information, The fourth indication information is different from the third indication information.
下面以两种可能的方式为例，对上述方案进行详细说明。The above solution will be described in detail below by taking two possible ways as examples.
可能的方式一，这里的第三指示信息用于指示前置DMRS符号的数量、不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量和至少一个第一DMRS端口和至少一个第二DMRS端口。例如，该第三指示信息指示的前置DMRS符号的数量、不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量和至少一个第一DMRS端口，可以为3GPP标准TS 38.212中的天线端口字段指示的第一天线端口配置。 Possible way 1, the third indication information here is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port and at least one second DMRS port. For example, the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port may be the first antenna indicated by the antenna port field in 3GPP standard TS 38.212 port configuration.
应理解，这里的至少一个第一DMRS端口或至少一个第二DMRS端口可以理解为第三指示信息指示的第一数量或第二数量对应的频域资源进行DMRS传输时采用的DMRS端口。例如，第三指示信息用于指示第一数量，则第一子频域资源采用至少一个第一DMRS端口进行DMRS传输，那么此时第二子频域资源采用至少一个第二DMRS端口进行DMRS传输。或，例如，第三指示信息用于指示第二数量，则第二子频域资源采用至少一个第一DMRS端口进行DMRS传输，那么此时第一子频域资源采用至少一个第二DMRS端口进行DMRS传输。It should be understood that the at least one first DMRS port or the at least one second DMRS port here may be understood as a DMRS port used for DMRS transmission on frequency domain resources corresponding to the first or second number indicated by the third indication information. For example, the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity, then the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, then at this time the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission . Or, for example, the third indication information is used to indicate the second quantity, then the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, then at this time the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission DMRS transmission.
作为一个示例，表3示出了第一天线端口配置与第二DMRS端口可能的映射关系的一例。表3中的第一列为索引值，第二列为不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，第三列为第一DMRS端口的端口索引值，第四列为前置DMRS符号的数量，第五列为第二DMRS端口的端口索引值。由表3可见，每个索引值都对应一种第一天线端口配置和第二DMRS端口。第三指示信息可以包括表3中的一个索引值，即表3第一列中的任一值，终端设备根据该一个索引值，确定第一天线端口配置和至少一个第二DMRS端口。As an example, Table 3 shows an example of a possible mapping relationship between the first antenna port configuration and the second DMRS port. The first column in Table 3 is an index value, the second column is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, the third column is the port index value of the first DMRS port, and the fourth column is the number of pre-DMRS symbols, The fifth column is the port index value of the second DMRS port. It can be seen from Table 3 that each index value corresponds to a first antenna port configuration and a second DMRS port. The third indication information may include an index value in Table 3, that is, any value in the first column of Table 3, and the terminal device determines the configuration of the first antenna port and at least one second DMRS port according to the index value.
应理解，第一DMRS端口与第二DMRS端口对应的频域资源配置的前置DMRS符号的数量是不同的，表3以第一DMRS端口对应的前置DMRS符号的数量为2为例，则第二DMRS端口对应的前置DMRS符号的数量为1。不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2、前置DMRS符号的数量为2时，对应的第一DMRS端口的端口索引值有8个候选值，例如表3中第三列的0至7；不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2、前置DMRS符号的数量为1时，对应的第二DMRS端口的端口索引值有4个候选值，例如表3中第五列的0至3。It should be understood that the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the frequency domain resource configuration corresponding to the first DMRS port and the second DMRS port is different. Table 3 takes the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the first DMRS port as 2 as an example, then The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second DMRS port is 1. When the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 2 and the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 2, there are 8 candidate values for the port index value of the corresponding first DMRS port, such as 0 to 7 in the third column in Table 3 ; When the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is 2 and the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, the port index value of the corresponding second DMRS port has 4 candidate values, such as 0 to 0 in the fifth column in Table 3 3.
需要说明的是，第一DMRS端口的端口索引值可以与第二DMRS端口的端口索引值相同，也可以不同。It should be noted that the port index value of the first DMRS port may be the same as or different from the port index value of the second DMRS port.
具体地，当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值或该一个或多个第二DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同。这里所说的至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同可以理解为表3中第一DMRS端口的任一端口索引值与第二DMRS端口的任一端口索引值不同。这里的第三阈值可以是前置DMRS的符号的数量为1时，第三指示信息指示不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量对应的DMRS端口的最大的端口索引值。例如，前置DMRS的符号的数量为1时，如表3所示，第三指示信息指示的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2，对应的DMRS端口的最大索引是3，索引值为16至19的4行，第一DMRS端口对应的端口索引值大于3，这4行中第一DMRS端口的任一端口索引值与第二DMRS端口的任一端口索引值不同。Specifically, when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than the third threshold or the index of any DMRS port included in the one or more second DMRS ports is greater than the third threshold, the at least one The DMRS ports included in the first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port. The difference between any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port and the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port mentioned here can be understood as the difference between any port index value of the first DMRS port in Table 3 and the second DMRS port. Any of the port index values are different. The third threshold here may be that when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, the third indication information indicates the maximum port index value of the DMRS port corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data. For example, when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, as shown in Table 3, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data indicated by the third indication information is 2, and the maximum index of the corresponding DMRS port is 3, and the index value In the 4 rows from 16 to 19, the port index value corresponding to the first DMRS port is greater than 3, and any port index value of the first DMRS port in these 4 rows is different from any port index value of the second DMRS port.
具体的，当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引和该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引小于或者等于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同。这里所说的至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同可以理解为表3中第一DMRS端口的任一端口索引值与第二DMRS端口的任一端口索引值相同。这里的第三阈值可以是前置DMRS的符号的数量为1 时，第三指示信息指示不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量对应的DMRS端口的最大的端口索引值。例如，前置DMRS的符号的数量为1时，如表3所示，第三指示信息指示的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2，对应的DMRS端口的最大索引是3，索引值为12至15的4行，第一DMRS端口对应的端口索引值小于或等于3，这4行中第一DMRS端口的任一端口索引值与第二DMRS端口的任一端口索引值相同。Specifically, when the indexes of all DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port and the indexes of all DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port are less than or equal to the third threshold, the at least one first DMRS port includes The DMRS port of the at least one second DMRS port is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port. Any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port mentioned here is the same as the DMRS port included in the at least one second DMRS port, which can be understood as any port index value of the first DMRS port in Table 3 and the second DMRS port Any port index value of the same. The third threshold here may be the maximum port index value of the DMRS port corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1. For example, when the number of pre-DMRS symbols is 1, as shown in Table 3, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data indicated by the third indication information is 2, and the maximum index of the corresponding DMRS port is 3, and the index value 4 rows from 12 to 15, the port index value corresponding to the first DMRS port is less than or equal to 3, and any port index value of the first DMRS port in these 4 rows is the same as any port index value of the second DMRS port.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000062
可能的方式二，这里的第三指示信息用于指示前置DMRS符号的数量、不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组和至少一个第一DMRS端口。例如，该第三指示信息指示的前置DMRS符号的数量、不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量和至少一个第一DMRS端口，可以为3GPP标准TS 38.212中的天线端口字段指示的第一天线端口配置。网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示至少一个第二DMRS端口。 Possible way 2, the third indication information here is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols, DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data, and at least one first DMRS port. For example, the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, and at least one first DMRS port may be the first antenna indicated by the antenna port field in 3GPP standard TS 38.212 port configuration. The network device may also send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one second DMRS port.
应理解，这里的第一DMRS端口可以理解为第三指示信息指示的第一数量或第二数量对应的频域资源进行DMRS传输时采用的DMRS端口。例如，第三指示信息用于指示第一数量时，则第一子频域资源采用至少一个第一DMRS端口进行DMRS传输，那么此时第二子频域资源采用至少一个第二DMRS端口进行DMRS传输。第三指示信息用于指示第二数量时，则第二子频域资源采用至少一个第一DMRS端口进行DMRS传输，那么此时第一子频域资源采用至少一个第二DMRS端口进行DMRS传输。It should be understood that the first DMRS port here may be understood as a DMRS port used when the frequency domain resources corresponding to the first number or the second number indicated by the third indication information perform DMRS transmission. For example, when the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity, the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, and at this time the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission. transmission. When the third indication information is used to indicate the second quantity, the second sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one first DMRS port for DMRS transmission, and at this time the first sub-frequency domain resource uses at least one second DMRS port for DMRS transmission.
作为一个示例，表4示出了第一天线端口配置与第一DMRS端口可能的映射关系的一例。表4中的第一列为索引值，第二列为不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，第三列为第一DMRS端口的端口索引值，第四列为前置DMRS符号的数量。由表4可见，每个索引值都对应一种第一天线端口配置。第三指示信息可以包括表4中的一个索引值，即表3第一列中的任一值，终端设备根据该一个索引值，确定第一天线端口配置。第四指示信息用于指示上述第一天线端口配置对应的一个第二DMRS端口的端口索引值。As an example, Table 4 shows an example of a possible mapping relationship between the first antenna port configuration and the first DMRS port. The first column in Table 4 is an index value, the second column is the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, the third column is the port index value of the first DMRS port, and the fourth column is the number of pre-DMRS symbols. It can be seen from Table 4 that each index value corresponds to a first antenna port configuration. The third indication information may include an index value in Table 4, that is, any value in the first column of Table 3, and the terminal device determines the first antenna port configuration according to the index value. The fourth indication information is used to indicate a port index value of a second DMRS port corresponding to the first antenna port configuration.
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000064
应理解，本方案中，第一频域资源中包括配置的前置DMRS符号的数量不同的两部分频域资源，如果沿用现有的3GPP标准TS 38.212中的天线端口字段指示的第一天线端口配置，这两部分频域资源只能采用一个DMRS端口，那么两部分频域资源对应的DMRS端口的端口索引值必须一致。而在不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量相同时，前置DMRS符号的数量为1和2的频域资源可以选择的DMRS端口的索引值的范围并不相同，要使得两部分频域资源选择相同的DMRS端口，势必会使得配置前置DMRS符号的数量为2的频域资源对应的一部分DMRS端口无法被利用，造成资源的浪费。It should be understood that in this solution, the first frequency domain resources include two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of configured pre-DMRS symbols. If the first antenna port indicated by the antenna port field in the existing 3GPP standard TS 38.212 is used configuration, the two parts of frequency domain resources can only use one DMRS port, then the port index values of the DMRS ports corresponding to the two parts of frequency domain resources must be consistent. When the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is the same, the ranges of the index values of the DMRS ports that can be selected for the frequency domain resources with the number of pre-DMRS symbols of 1 and 2 are not the same, so that the two parts of the frequency domain resources Selecting the same DMRS port will inevitably make some DMRS ports corresponding to the frequency domain resources configured with the number of pre-DMRS symbols 2 unusable, resulting in waste of resources.
需要说明的是，本申请方案中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以由网络设备通过一个DCI发送给终端设备，也可以通过不同的DCI发送给终端设备。且图6中对于各个指示信息的编号仅是为了叙述方便，并不限定步骤之间的顺序，在具体实现中，上述指示信息可以是网络设备向终端设备一起发送的，也可以由网络设备向终端设备先后发送的。It should be noted that the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs. In addition, the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps. In a specific implementation, the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
本申请实施例，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的前置 DMRS符号的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, DMRS ports are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols configured in the frequency domain resources carrying network equipment and terminal equipment transmission signals, which avoids waste of DMRS port resources and improves resources. Scheduling flexibility.
在第二种可能的实现方式中，S601，网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源。In the second possible implementation manner, S601, the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device accordingly, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource.
应理解，这里的第一频域资源可以理解成为被调度的UE配置的资源，或者可以理解成用于承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源。示例性地，该第一频域资源属于BWP中的一部分。示例性地，网络设备通过DCI中的“频域资源分配”字段向终端设备指示该第一频域资源。It should be understood that the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a part of the BWP. Exemplarily, the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
应理解，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息。其中，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源。第一子指示信息采用连续资源分配的资源指示方式，通过RIV的指示第一频域资源。任一RIV对应于一组用于确定连续分配的频域资源的参数，包括第一频域资源的起始资源块的序号RB start和连续分配资源块的数量L RBs。该第二子指示信息主要用于指示第二频域资源中资源块组的配置情况，下面将分为三种可能的情况进行详细介绍。示例性地，该第一指示信息为DCI中的“频域资源分配”字段，现有的“频域资源分配”字段即可以用于指示第一频域资源，在第二种可能的实施方式中，复用该“频域资源分配”字段来指示第二频域资源中资源块组的配置情况。 It should be understood that the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information. Wherein, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource. The first sub-indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV. Any RIV corresponds to a group of parameters used to determine continuously allocated frequency domain resources, including the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and the number L RBs of continuously allocated resource blocks. The second sub-indication information is mainly used to indicate the configuration of the resource block group in the second frequency domain resource, which will be divided into three possible situations for detailed introduction below. Exemplarily, the first indication information is the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI, and the existing "frequency domain resource allocation" field can be used to indicate the first frequency domain resource. In the second possible implementation manner In , the "frequency domain resource allocation" field is reused to indicate the configuration of resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource.
在介绍第二子指示信息的三种可能的情况之前，先结合图8详细介绍下第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源之间的区别与联系。Before introducing the three possible situations of the second sub-indication information, the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resource are introduced in detail in conjunction with FIG. difference and connection.
第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源为所述第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。The first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, where the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resources.
示例性地，图8示出了第一频域资源的一例示意图。如图8所示，第一频域资源(图8中的所有方框)包括第一子频域资源(图8中的空白方框)和第二子频域资源(图8中的斜纹方框)，S801为第二频域资源，第一频域资源包括第二频域资源。如图8中的(a)所示，第二频域资源中可以包括属于第一子频域资源的一个或多个资源块组(S802)，也包括属于第二子频域资源的一个或多个资源块组(S803)。或者，如图8中的(b)所示，第二频域资源包括的一个或多个资源块组(S803)都属于第二子频域资源。或者，如图8中的(c)所示，第二频域资源包括的一个或多个资源块组(S802)都属于第一子频域资源。Exemplarily, Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram of an example of the first frequency domain resource. As shown in Figure 8, the first frequency domain resources (all the boxes in Figure 8) include the first sub-frequency domain resources (blank boxes in Figure 8) and the second sub-frequency domain resources (the slanted squares in Figure 8 Box), S801 is the second frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain resource includes the second frequency domain resource. As shown in (a) in Figure 8, the second frequency domain resource may include one or more resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource (S802), and also include one or more resource block groups belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource. A plurality of resource block groups (S803). Or, as shown in (b) in FIG. 8 , one or more resource block groups ( S803 ) included in the second frequency domain resource all belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource. Or, as shown in (c) of FIG. 8, one or more resource block groups (S802) included in the second frequency domain resource all belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
应理解，“该第二频域资源为所述第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源”，可以理解为，假设第一频域资源包括N个第一资源块组，第二频域资源包括i个第一资源块组，i和N为正整数，且N≥i，终端设备一旦确定了i的大小，就可以在第一频域资源中确定第二频域资源。例如，第二频域资源包括的i个第一资源块组可以为第一频域资源中索引为0,1，..,i-1的第一资源块组，如图8中的(a)所示，S801为第一频域资源中索引为0至5的第一资源块组。或者，第二频域资源包括的i个第一资源块组可以为第一频域资源中索引为N-i，…N-1的第一资源块组，如图8中的(d)所示，S801为第一频域资源中索引为15至20的第一资源块组。It should be understood that "the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resources" can be understood as, assuming that the first frequency domain resource includes N first resource block groups, the second frequency domain resource The resource includes i first resource block groups, i and N are positive integers, and N≥i, once the terminal device determines the size of i, it can determine the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource. For example, the i first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be the first resource block groups with indexes 0, 1, ..., i-1 in the first frequency domain resource, as shown in (a ), S801 is the first resource block group whose indices are 0 to 5 in the first frequency domain resource. Alternatively, the i first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be the first resource block groups indexed as N-i,...N-1 in the first frequency domain resource, as shown in (d) in FIG. 8 , S801 is the first resource block group with indexes 15 to 20 in the first frequency domain resource.
可能的情况一，该第二子指示信息用于指示第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。Possibility one, the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first frequency sub-domain resource, and the second frequency domain resource Other resource block groups in domain resources except the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
可能的情况二，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源。Possibility two, the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the second Other resource block groups in the frequency domain resources except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource.
可能的情况三，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。Possible situation three, the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, where the second The number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource Or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the second number of resource block groups belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
应理解，要实现上述方案，第三频域资源和/或第一频域资源需要满足以下任一项条件。其中，第三频域资源包括第一频域资源。It should be understood that, to implement the foregoing solution, the third frequency domain resources and/or the first frequency domain resources need to meet any of the following conditions. Wherein, the third frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource.
条件一，所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，所述M属于预设的第一数量集合。或者说，网络设备或终端设备不期望第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量属于第一数量集合。Condition one, the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set. In other words, the network device or the terminal device does not expect the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource to belong to the first number set.
示例性地，该第一数量集合可以包括{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,15,22,31,44,63,88,89,90,126,127,175,176,177,178,179,180,252,253,254,255}中的一个或多个值。或者，也可以是其他集合，本申请对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the first quantity set may include {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,15,22,31,44,63,88,89,90,126,127,175,176,177,178,179,180,252,253,254,255} one or more values. Alternatively, it may also be other sets, which are not limited in this application.
条件二，所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，所述N属于预设的第二数量集合；或者说，网络设备或终端设备期望第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量属于第二数量集合。 Condition 2, the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to the preset second number set; or in other words, the network device or terminal device expects the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource The quantities belong to the second set of quantities.
示例性地，该第一数量集合可以包括{32,33,45,46,64,65,91,92,128,129,130,131,140,141,181,182,256,257}中的一个或多个值。或者，也可以是其他集合，本申请对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the first quantity set may include one or more values in {32, 33, 45, 46, 64, 65, 91, 92, 128, 129, 130, 131, 140, 141, 181, 182, 256, 257}. Alternatively, it may also be other sets, which are not limited in this application.
条件三，所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和所述第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。Condition three, the relationship between the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
下面以第三频域资源为BWP为例，对条件三进行详细说明。Taking the third frequency domain resource as the BWP as an example, the third condition will be described in detail below.
示例性地，BWP的大小和第一资源块组的大小满足
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000065
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000066
为BWP的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000067
为第一资源块组的大小。 Exemplarily, the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group satisfy
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000065
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000066
is the size of the BWP,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000067
is the size of the first resource block group.
应理解，满足上述三个条件中的任一个条件时，第二子指示信息可以指示第一频域资源中最多n个第一资源块组(与上述可能的情况一或可能的情况二对应)或者可以指示第一频域资源中最多n个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量(与上述可能的情况三对应)。或者可以说，第二频域资源包括的资源块组的数量小于或等于第二阈值。这里的第二阈值即为n。这里的n的定义可以理解为第二子指示信息可以指示的第一频域资源中的第一资源块组的个数的最大值，n为正整数。并且，n的取值也可以根据多种方式确定。下面以3种确定n的取值的方式为例，介绍确定n的取值的可能的方法。It should be understood that when any one of the above three conditions is satisfied, the second sub-indication information may indicate a maximum of n first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource (corresponding to the above possible situation 1 or possible situation 2) Alternatively, the number of pre-DMRS symbols of at most n first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource may be indicated (corresponding to the above possible case three). Or it can be said that the number of resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is less than or equal to the second threshold. The second threshold here is n. The definition of n here can be understood as the maximum number of the first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources that can be indicated by the second sub-indication information, and n is a positive integer. Moreover, the value of n may also be determined in various ways. In the following, three ways of determining the value of n are taken as examples to introduce possible methods of determining the value of n.
方式1，终端设备根据网络设备发送的高层信令确定n。或者， Mode 1, the terminal device determines n according to the high-layer signaling sent by the network device. or,
方式2，终端设备根据标准中预定义的每个BWP对应的n确定。或者，In mode 2, the terminal device is determined according to n corresponding to each BWP predefined in the standard. or,
方式3，终端设备根据BWP的大小和第一资源块组的大小确定n。 Mode 3, the terminal device determines n according to the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group.
下面以方式3为例，详细介绍确定n的取值的方法。The method for determining the value of n will be described in detail below by taking mode 3 as an example.
示例性地，根据BWP的大小和第一资源块组的大小确定n时，n满足以下公式：Exemplarily, when n is determined according to the size of the BWP and the size of the first resource block group, n satisfies the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000069
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000070
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000071
为BWP的大小。
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000069
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000070
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000071
is the size of the BWP.
由此可见，当配置不同BWP和不同的第一资源块组大小时，n的取值可能不同。It can be seen that, when configuring different BWPs and different sizes of the first resource block group, the value of n may be different.
在本申请中，将第二频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量的最大值记为n，将第二频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量记为i。In this application, the maximum number of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is denoted as n, and the number of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource is denoted as i.
应理解，本申请实施例中在满足上述条件一至条件三中的任一项条件，以及确定出n的取值之后，在具体实现中也有可能出现第二子指示信息指示0个第一资源块组的情况，或者说i＝0的情况，该情况与第一种可能的实现方式无异。为了避免i＝0的情况，即为了保证i＞0，第一子指示信息指示的第一频域资源的大小还需要满足第二预设条件。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, after any one of the above conditions 1 to 3 is met, and the value of n is determined, it is also possible that the second sub-indication information indicates 0 first resource blocks in a specific implementation The case of a group, or the case of i=0, is no different from the first possible implementation. In order to avoid the situation of i=0, that is, to ensure that i>0, the size of the first frequency domain resource indicated by the first sub-indication information also needs to satisfy the second preset condition.
示例性地，该第二预设条件为
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000072
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000073
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000074
为BWP的大小。 Exemplarily, the second preset condition is
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000072
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000073
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000074
is the size of the BWP.
第二频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量i可以通过以下公式确定：The number i of the first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource may be determined by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000075
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000076
为第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000077
为BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量。
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000075
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000076
is the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000077
is the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP.
由上可知，n与i的差值等于BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量与第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量的差值。It can be known from the above that the difference between n and i is equal to the difference between the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP and the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource.
下面将以两个可能的示例，在第一频域资源的大小满足第二预设条件时，针对网络设备如何通过第一指示信息指示第一频域资源和第一频域资源中的第二频域资源，以及终端设备如何根据第一指示信息确定第一频域资源和第一频域资源中的第二频域资源，做出详细说明。In the following two possible examples, when the size of the first frequency domain resource satisfies the second preset condition, how the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource through the first indication information The frequency domain resource and how the terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource according to the first indication information are described in detail.
第一个可能的示例，(1)终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第一子指示信息，第一子指示信息用于指示RIV对应的第一频域资源的频域图样，根据该第一子指示信息确定第一频域资源。In a first possible example, (1) the terminal device determines the first sub-indication information according to the first indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the RIV, and according to the first sub-indication information The indication information determines the first frequency domain resource.
第一指示信息采用连续资源分配的资源指示方式，通过RIV指示第一频域资源。第一子指示信息，即第一指示信息指示的RIV对应的频域图样，该频域图样包括第一频域资源的起始资源块的序号RB start的一个候选值和连续分配资源块的数量L RBs的一个候选值。 The first indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV. The first sub-indication information, that is, the frequency domain pattern corresponding to the RIV indicated by the first indication information, the frequency domain pattern includes a candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and the number of consecutive allocated resource blocks A candidate value for L RBs .
应理解，每个RIV对应于一个频域图样，其中，每个频域图样包括第一频域资源的起始资源块的序号RB start的一个候选值和连续分配资源块的数量L RBs的一个候选值。在频域图样包括的连续分配资源块的数量L RBs的候选值大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000078
的情况下，该频域图样可以对应至少两个RIV，且该至少两个RIV中的任意两个RIV不相等，其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000079
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000080
为BWP的大小。 It should be understood that each RIV corresponds to a frequency domain pattern, wherein each frequency domain pattern includes a candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource and a value of the number L RBs of consecutively allocated resource blocks Candidate value. Candidate values for the number of consecutively allocated resource blocks L RBs included in the frequency domain pattern are greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000078
In the case of , the frequency domain pattern may correspond to at least two RIVs, and any two RIVs in the at least two RIVs are not equal, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000079
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000080
is the size of the BWP.
其中，与每个频域图样对应的至少两个RIV中，包括一个小于第二预设门限的第一RIV，该至少两个RIV中除该第一RIV以外的RIV均大于第二预设门限。该第二预设门 限为
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000081
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000082
为BWP的大小。 Wherein at least two RIVs corresponding to each frequency domain pattern include a first RIV that is smaller than a second preset threshold, and all RIVs in the at least two RIVs except the first RIV are larger than the second preset threshold . The second preset threshold is
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000081
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000082
is the size of the BWP.
示例性地，在n为2的情况下，频域图样对应的RIV的确定方式如下所示：Exemplarily, when n is 2, the method of determining the RIV corresponding to the frequency domain pattern is as follows:
1)如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000083
频域图样对应1个RIV，该RIV的计算方式如TS 38.214中所示； 1) if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000083
The frequency domain pattern corresponds to one RIV, and the calculation method of the RIV is as shown in TS 38.214;
2)如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000084
频域图样对应于至少2个RIV，该2个RIV的计算方式如下所示： 2) if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000084
The frequency domain pattern corresponds to at least 2 RIVs, which are calculated as follows:
如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000085
频域图样对应于2个RIV，即RIV0和RIV1，RIV0的计算方式如TS 38.214中所述；RIV1的计算方式如下所示：如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000087
否则，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000088
if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000085
The frequency domain pattern corresponds to two RIVs, namely RIV0 and RIV1. The calculation method of RIV0 is as described in TS 38.214; the calculation method of RIV1 is as follows: if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000087
otherwise,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000088
如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000089
频域图样对应于4个RIV，即RIV2、RIV3、RIV4和RIV5，RIV2的计算方式如38.214中所述，RIV2、RIV3和RIV4的计算方式如下所示：如果
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000091
否则，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000092
if
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000089
The frequency domain pattern corresponds to 4 RIVs, namely RIV2, RIV3, RIV4 and RIV5. RIV2 is calculated as described in 38.214, and RIV2, RIV3 and RIV4 are calculated as follows: If
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000091
otherwise,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000092
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000093
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000093
示例性地，第一频域资源的每个频域图样的一个候选值对应2 i个RIV。 Exemplarily, one candidate value of each frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponds to 2 i RIVs.
示例性地，如表5所示，频域图样的候选值
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000094
和
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000095
与该候选值对应的第一频域资源中的第二频域资源包括的第一资源块组的数量i为1，与RIV 0和RIV1对应，频域图样的候选值
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000096
和
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000097
与RIV 2、RIV 3、RIV 4、RIV 5对应，与该候选值对应的第一频域资源中的第二频域资源包括的第一资源块组的数量i为2。 Exemplarily, as shown in Table 5, the candidate values of the frequency domain pattern
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000094
and
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000095
The number i of the first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the candidate value is 1, corresponding to RIV 0 and RIV1, and the candidate value of the frequency domain pattern
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000096
and
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000097
Corresponding to RIV 2 , RIV 3 , RIV 4 , and RIV 5 , the number i of first resource block groups included in the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the candidate value is 2.
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000098
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000098
(2)终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第二子指示信息，第二子指示信息用于指示RIV对应的前置DMRS配置图样，根据第二子指示信息确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。在此之前，终端设备需要获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系。应理解，这里的多个图样为多个DMRS配置图样，该图样信息可以是预配置在终端设备侧的，也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的。也可以说，终端设备根据第一指示信息指示的RIV和图样信息确定第二子指示信息，第二子指示信息为该图样信息中的一个前置DMRS配置图样；根据该图样确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。(2) The terminal device determines the second sub-indication information according to the first indication information. The second sub-indication information is used to indicate the pre-DMRS configuration pattern corresponding to the RIV. According to the second sub-indication information, each sub-indication information of the second frequency domain resource is determined. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a resource block group. Before this, the terminal device needs to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values. It should be understood that the multiple patterns here are multiple DMRS configuration patterns, and the pattern information may be pre-configured on the terminal device side, or may be sent to the terminal device by the network device. It can also be said that the terminal device determines the second sub-indication information according to the RIV and pattern information indicated by the first indication information, and the second sub-indication information is a pre-DMRS configuration pattern in the pattern information; determines the second frequency domain according to the pattern. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of resources.
应理解，(2)在具体实现中，可以包括不同的情况，下面以两种可能的方式为例， 详细介绍终端设备确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置的情况。It should be understood that (2) may include different situations in specific implementations. The following two possible ways are taken as examples to introduce in detail how the terminal device determines the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group of the second frequency domain resource The number of configuration cases.
可能的方式一，与上述可能的情况三对应，终端设备根据第二子指示信息确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。 Possible manner 1, corresponding to the foregoing possible situation 3, the terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of the second frequency domain resource according to the second sub-indication information.
在第二频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号数配置图样中，用2 i个RIV指示第二频域资源中的i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置的所有可能的情况。其中，2 i个RIV中，任意一个RIV对应于i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置，任意两个RIV对应i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置不同。也就是说，多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系可以为多个图样与多个RIV之间的映射关系。该多个RIV中的一个RIV可以唯一的对应于多个图样中的一个。该多个图样中的任一图样可以包括i个第一资源块组中每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。该多个图样中任意两个图样不同。其中，根据(1)中的方法，该多个RIV对应于一种频域图样，也即该2 i个RIV对应于一种频域图样，该频域图样包括第一频域资源的起始资源块的序号RB start的一个候选值和连续分配资源块的数量L RBs的一个候选值。其中，该频域图样包括的连续分配资源块的数量L RBs大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000099
In the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, 2 i RIVs are used to indicate all possible configurations of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource Happening. Among the 2 i RIVs, any one RIV corresponds to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group, and any two RIVs correspond to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group The configuration is different. That is to say, the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values may be the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple RIVs. One RIV among the multiple RIVs may uniquely correspond to one of the multiple patterns. Any one of the multiple patterns may include a configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the i first resource block groups. Any two patterns in the plurality of patterns are different. Wherein, according to the method in (1), the multiple RIVs correspond to a frequency domain pattern, that is, the 2 i RIVs correspond to a frequency domain pattern, and the frequency domain pattern includes the initial frequency domain resource A candidate value of the sequence number RB start of the resource block and a candidate value of the number L RBs of continuously allocated resource blocks. Wherein, the number L RBs of consecutive allocated resource blocks included in the frequency domain pattern is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000099
示例性的，终端设备的BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，且终端设备确定n＝2，第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，则i＝2，即第二子指示信息需要指示2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数，则需要4个RIV来指示前置DMRS符号数配置图样，分别为RIV1，RIV2，RIV3和RIV4，4个RIV对应的2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表6所示。表6可以为一种示例的图样信息。Exemplarily, the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP of the terminal device is 8, and the terminal device determines that n=2, the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource is 8, then i= 2. That is, the second sub-indication information needs to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups, so four RIVs are required to indicate the configuration patterns of the number of pre-DMRS symbols, which are RIV1, RIV2, RIV3 and RIV4, 4 Table 6 below shows the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups corresponding to each RIV. Table 6 may be an exemplary pattern information.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000100
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000100
终端设备根据第二子指示信息指示的前置DMRS符号图样，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。具体地，假设S604中第三指示信息指示的第一数量为1，当终端设备接收到RIV 0时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为[2,2]，则终端设备可以确定2个第一资源块组均为第二子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV 1时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为[1,2]，则终端设备可以确定第一资源块组0为第一子频域资源，第一资源块组1为第二子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV 2时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为[2,1]，则终端设备可以确定第一资源块组0为第二子频域资源，第一资源块组1为第一子频域资源，当终端设备接收到RIV 3时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为[1,1]，则终端设备可以确定2个第一资源块组均为第一子频域资源。The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups according to the pre-DMRS symbol pattern indicated by the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the first number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV 0, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is [2,2] , then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are the second sub-frequency domain resources; when the terminal device receives RIV 1, determine the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups as [ 1, 2], the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV 2, determine two The configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is [2,1], then the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the first sub-frequency domain resource. For frequency domain resources, when the terminal device receives RIV 3, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is [1,1], then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are equal to is the first sub-frequency domain resource.
示例性地，终端设备的BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，且终端设备确定n＝2，若第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量为7，则i＝1，即第二子指示信息需要指示1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数，则需要2个RIV来指示前置DMRS符号数配置图 样，分别为RIV4，RIV5，2个RIV对应的1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表7所示。表7可以为一种示例的图样信息。Exemplarily, the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP of the terminal device is 8, and the terminal device determines that n=2, if the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource is 7, then i =1, that is, the second sub-indication information needs to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group, and then two RIVs are required to indicate the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols, which are respectively RIV4, RIV5, and 2 RIVs correspond to The configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols in one first resource block group is shown in Table 7 below. Table 7 may be an exemplary pattern information.
表7Table 7
RIVRIV 第一资源块组0的前置DMRS符号的数量The number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0
RIV 4 RIV 4 22
RIV 5 RIV 5 11
终端设备根据第二子指示信息中的RIV，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号配置。具体地，假设S604中第三指示信息指示的第二数量为1，当终端设备接收到RIV4时，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为2，则终端设备可以确定该1个第一资源块组为第一子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV5时，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置为1，则终端设备可以确定该1个第一资源块组为第二子频域资源。The terminal device determines the pre-DMRS symbol configuration of one first resource block group according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the second number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV4, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one first resource block group is 2, then the terminal device can Determine that the first resource block group is the first sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV5, determine that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is 1, then the terminal device can determine The one first resource block group is the second sub-frequency domain resource.
可选的，终端设备需要获取图样信息，该图样信息可以包括多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及，多个索引值与频域图样的映射关系。也即，该图样信息可以包括多个图样与多个RIV之间的映射关系，以及，该多个RIV与频域图样的映射关系。应理解，该图样信息可以是预配置在终端设备侧的，也可以是网络设备发送给终端设备的。该多个图样与多个RIV之间的映射关系如上所述，该多个RIV与频域图样的映射关系为(1)中描述的映射关系，在此不做赘述。Optionally, the terminal device needs to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information may include a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and a mapping relationship between multiple index values and frequency domain patterns. That is, the pattern information may include a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple RIVs, and a mapping relationship between the multiple RIVs and frequency domain patterns. It should be understood that the pattern information may be pre-configured on the terminal device side, or may be sent to the terminal device by the network device. The mapping relationship between the multiple patterns and the multiple RIVs is as described above, and the mapping relationship between the multiple RIVs and the frequency domain patterns is the mapping relationship described in (1), which will not be repeated here.
示例性地，第一频域资源的频域图样和前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表8和表9所示。其中，表8与上表6对应，表9与上表7对应。Exemplarily, the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource and the configuration pattern of the number of preamble DMRS symbols are shown in Table 8 and Table 9 below. Among them, Table 8 corresponds to Table 6 above, and Table 9 corresponds to Table 7 above.
在表6对应的示例中，终端设备接收到第一指示信息中的RIV，能够根据表8确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源中每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。表8可以为一种示例的图样信息。In the example corresponding to Table 6, the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 8. Quantity configuration. Table 8 may be an exemplary pattern information.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000101
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000101
在表7对应的示例中，终端设备接收到第一指示信息中的RIV，能够根据表9确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源中每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。表9可以为一种示例的图样信息。In the example corresponding to Table 7, the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 9. Quantity configuration. Table 9 may be an exemplary pattern information.
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000102
可能的方式二，与上述可能的情况一和二对应，终端设备根据第二子指示信息、S604中的第三指示信息和前置DMRS符号数配置图样确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组 的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。 Possible manner 2, corresponding to the above possible situations 1 and 2, the terminal device determines each first Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the resource block group.
应理解，S604中的第三指示信息指示了第一数量或第二数量。这里的前置DMRS符号数配置图样仅指示第二频域资源中的每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第三指示信息指示的第一数量或第二数量相同或不同。示例性，当第三指示信息指示了第一数量为2，则这里的前置DMRS符号数配置图样用0表示某个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与第一数量相同，即该第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量为2，用1表示某个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与第一数量不同，即该第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量为1。It should be understood that the third indication information in S604 indicates the first quantity or the second quantity. The configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols here only indicates that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the first number or the second number indicated by the third indication information, or different. For example, when the third indication information indicates that the first number is 2, then the number of pre-DMRS symbols here is configured with 0 to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is the same as the first number, that is, The number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is 2, and 1 indicates that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is different from the first number, that is, the pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group The number of symbols is 1.
在第二频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号数配置图样中，用2 i个RIV指示第二频域资源中的i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置的所有可能的情况。其中，2 i个RIV中，任意一个RIV对应于i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置，任意两个RIV对应i个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置不同。 In the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, 2 i RIVs are used to indicate all possible configurations of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource Happening. Among the 2 i RIVs, any one RIV corresponds to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group, and any two RIVs correspond to the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the i first resource block group The configuration is different.
示例性的，终端设备的BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，且终端设备确定n＝2，第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，则i＝2，即第二子指示信息需要指示2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数，则需要4个RIV来指示前置DMRS符号数配置图样，分别为RIV1，RIV2，RIV3和RIV4，4个RIV对应的2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表10所示。表10的配置图样中用0表示某个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与第三指示信息指示的数量(第一数量或第二数量)相同，用1表示不同。Exemplarily, the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP of the terminal device is 8, and the terminal device determines that n=2, the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource is 8, then i= 2. That is, the second sub-indication information needs to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups, so four RIVs are required to indicate the configuration patterns of the number of pre-DMRS symbols, which are RIV1, RIV2, RIV3 and RIV4, 4 Table 10 below shows the number configuration pattern of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups corresponding to each RIV. In the configuration patterns in Table 10, 0 is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is the same as the number indicated by the third indication information (the first number or the second number), and 1 is used to indicate that it is different.
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000103
终端设备根据第二子指示信息中的RIV，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。具体地，假设S604中第三指示信息指示的第一数量为1，当终端设备接收到RIV 0时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量相同，则终端设备可以确定2个第一资源块组均为第一子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV 1时，确定第一资源块组0的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量不同，第一资源块组1的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量相同，则终端设备可以确定第一资源块组0为第二子频域资源，第一资源块组1为第一子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV 2时，确定第一资源块组0的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量相同，第一资源块组1的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量不同，则终端设备可以确定第一资源块组0为第一子频域资源，第一资源块组1为第二子频域资源，当终端设备接收到RIV 3时，确定2个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量不同，则终端设备可以确定2个第一资源块组均为第二子频域资源。The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the first number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV 0, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is the same as the first number, Then the terminal device can determine that the two first resource block groups are the first sub-frequency domain resources; when the terminal device receives RIV 1, determine the configuration and the first number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 If the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 is the same as the first number, the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource. A sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV 2, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 is the same as the first number, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 is different from the first number, the terminal device can determine that the first resource block group 0 is the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the first resource block group 1 is the second sub-frequency domain resource. When the terminal device receives RIV 3, If it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the two first resource block groups is different from the first number, the terminal device may determine that both the two first resource block groups are the second sub-frequency domain resources.
示例性地，终端设备的BWP中包括的第一资源块组的数量为8，且终端设备确定n＝2，若第一频域资源中包括的第一资源块组的数量为7，则i＝1，即第二子指示信息需要指示1 个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数，则需要2个RIV来指示前置DMRS符号数配置图样，分别为RIV4，RIV5，2个RIV对应的1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表11所示。表11的配置图样中用0表示某个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与第三指示信息指示的数量(第一数量或第二数量)相同，用1表示不同。Exemplarily, the number of first resource block groups included in the BWP of the terminal device is 8, and the terminal device determines that n=2, if the number of first resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource is 7, then i =1, that is, the second sub-indication information needs to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a first resource block group, and then two RIVs are required to indicate the configuration pattern of the number of pre-DMRS symbols, which are respectively RIV4, RIV5, and 2 RIVs correspond to Table 11 below shows the configuration patterns of the number of pre-DMRS symbols in one first resource block group. In the configuration patterns in Table 11, 0 is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a certain first resource block group is the same as the number indicated by the third indication information (the first number or the second number), and 1 is used to indicate that it is different.
表11Table 11
RIVRIV 第一资源块组0的前置DMRS符号的数量The number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0
RIV 4 RIV 4 00
RIV 5 RIV 5 11
终端设备根据第二子指示信息中的RIV，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号配置。具体地，假设S604中第三指示信息指示的第二数量为1，当终端设备接收到RIV4时，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量相同，则终端设备可以确定该1个第一资源块组为第一子频域资源；当终端设备接收到RIV5时，确定1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置与第一数量不同，则终端设备可以确定该1个第一资源块组为第二子频域资源。The terminal device determines the pre-DMRS symbol configuration of one first resource block group according to the RIV in the second sub-indication information. Specifically, assuming that the second number indicated by the third indication information in S604 is 1, when the terminal device receives RIV4, it is determined that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a first resource block group is the same as the first number, then The terminal device may determine that the first resource block group is the first sub-frequency domain resource; when the terminal device receives RIV5, it determines that the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group is different from the first number , the terminal device may determine the one first resource block group as the second sub-frequency domain resource.
需要说明的是，上述第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息中发送的RIV可以是同一个值，或者说第一指示信息中发送一个RIV，终端设备根据该一个RIV确定出第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。It should be noted that the RIV sent in the first sub-indication information and the second sub-indication information may be the same value, or in other words, one RIV is sent in the first sub-indication information, and the terminal device determines the first frequency domain based on the one RIV. Configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group in the resource and the second frequency domain resource.
示例性地，第一频域资源的频域图样和前置DMRS符号数配置图样如下表12和表13所示。其中，表12与上表10对应，表13与上表11对应。Exemplarily, the frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource and the configuration pattern of the number of preamble DMRS symbols are shown in Table 12 and Table 13 below. Among them, Table 12 corresponds to Table 10 above, and Table 13 corresponds to Table 11 above.
在表10对应的示例中，终端设备接收到第一指示信息中的RIV，能够根据表12确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源中每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。In the example corresponding to Table 10, the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 12. Quantity configuration.
表12Table 12
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000104
在表11对应的示例中，终端设备接收到第一指示信息中的RIV，能够根据表13确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源中每一个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。In the example corresponding to Table 11, the terminal device receives the RIV in the first indication information, and can determine the value of the pre-DMRS symbol of each first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to Table 13. Quantity configuration.
表13Table 13
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000105
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000105
第二种可能的示例，为了降低终端设备处理的复杂度，取n为固定值1。In the second possible example, in order to reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device, take n as a fixed value of 1.
示例性地，上述第二预设条件为第一频域资源包括的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000107
时，第二预设条件为第一频域资源包括的
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000108
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000109
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000110
为第一资源块组的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000111
为BWP的大小。 Exemplarily, the above-mentioned second preset condition is that the first frequency-domain resource includes
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000107
When , the second preset condition is that the first frequency domain resources include
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000108
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000109
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000110
is the size of the first resource block group,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000111
is the size of the BWP.
应理解，在满足上述第二预设条件时，i＞0，又因为i≤n，因此i＝1。第二频域资源为 预先确定的一个第一资源块组。It should be understood that when the above-mentioned second preset condition is met, i>0, and since i≤n, i=1. The second frequency domain resource is a predetermined first resource block group.
(1)终端设备根据第一指示信息中的第一子指示信息确定第一频域资源。(1) The terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the first sub-indication information in the first indication information.
第一子指示信息采用连续资源分配的资源指示方式，通过RIV指示第一频域资源。第一频域资源的频域图样对应于2个RIV，记为第一RIV和第二RIV。其中，第一RIV不等于第二RIV。第一RIV小于第二预设门限，第二RIV大于等于第二预设门限。第一RIV和第二RIV分别对应于不同的前置DMRS符号的数量。该第二预设门限为
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000112
其中，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000113
为BWP的大小。 The first sub-indication information adopts a resource indication manner of continuous resource allocation, and indicates the first frequency domain resource through the RIV. The frequency domain pattern of the first frequency domain resource corresponds to two RIVs, denoted as the first RIV and the second RIV. Wherein, the first RIV is not equal to the second RIV. The first RIV is smaller than the second preset threshold, and the second RIV is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold. The first RIV and the second RIV respectively correspond to different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols. The second preset threshold is
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000112
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000113
is the size of the BWP.
下面对于第一RIV与第二RIV的计算方式进行举例介绍。The following describes the calculation methods of the first RIV and the second RIV by way of example.
示例性地，第一RIV根据3GPP TS 38.214中的type 1资源分配类型中的RIV计算方式确定。Exemplarily, the first RIV is determined according to the RIV calculation method in the type 1 resource allocation type in 3GPP TS 38.214.
第二RIV可以根据如下方式确定：当
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000114
时，第二RIV等于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000115
当
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000116
时，第二RIV等于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000117
其中，RB start为第一频域资源的起始资源块的序号，L RBs为连续分配资源块的数量，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000118
为BWP的大小，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000119
为第一资源块组的大小。 The second RIV can be determined as follows: when
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000114
, the second RIV is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000115
when
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000116
, the second RIV is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000117
Wherein, RB start is the serial number of the starting resource block of the first frequency domain resource, and L RBs is the number of continuously allocated resource blocks,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000118
is the size of the BWP,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000119
is the size of the first resource block group.
(2)终端设备根据第一指示信息中的第二子指示信息确定第二频域资源的每个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量的配置。(2) The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of pre-DMRS symbols of each first resource block group of the second frequency domain resource according to the second sub-indication information in the first indication information.
第二子指示信息包括一个RIV，当该一个RIV为第一RIV时，终端设备确定第二频域资源的前置DMRS符号数与第三指示信息指示的前置DMRS符号数相同；当该一个RIV为第二RIV时，终端设备确定第二频域资源的前置DMRS符号数与第三指示信息指示的前置DMRS符号数不同。或者，换句话说，假设第三指示信息指示的是第一数值，当该一个RIV为第一RIV时，终端设备确定第二频域资源的前置DMRS符号数为第一数值；当该一个RIV为第二RIV时，终端设备确定第二频域资源的前置DMRS符号数为第二数值，其中，第二数值不等于第一数值，且第一数值和第二数值分别为{1,2}中的一个。The second sub-indication information includes a RIV. When the RIV is the first RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information; when the one RIV When the RIV is the second RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols indicated by the third indication information. Or, in other words, assuming that the third indication information indicates the first value, when the one RIV is the first RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is the first value; when the one RIV When the RIV is the second RIV, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the second frequency domain resource is a second value, where the second value is not equal to the first value, and the first value and the second value are respectively {1, 2} in one.
作为一个示例，终端设备的BWP中包括16个RB，编号为RB 0到15，网络设备为终端设备分配了RB 0到14用于接收下行信号，即第一频域资源中包括RB 0到14，第一资源块组的大小为4，
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000120
第一频域资源包括的连续分配RB数为15大于
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000121
即第一频域资源的大小满足第二预设条件，则第一频域资源对应的连续资源分配图样对应于2个RIV。该2个为63和167。第二预设门限
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000122
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000123
当终端设备接收到第二子指示信息指示的RIV为167时，由于RIV大于136，终端设备确定第一频域资源中1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数为2，当终端设备接收到第二子指示信息指示的RIV为63时，由于RIV小于136，终端设备确定第一频域资源中1个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号数为1。 As an example, the BWP of the terminal device includes 16 RBs, numbered RB 0 to 15, and the network device allocates RB 0 to 14 for the terminal device to receive downlink signals, that is, the first frequency domain resource includes RB 0 to 14 , the size of the first resource block group is 4,
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000120
The number of continuously allocated RBs included in the first frequency domain resource is 15 or more
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000121
That is, the size of the first frequency domain resource satisfies the second preset condition, and the continuous resource allocation pattern corresponding to the first frequency domain resource corresponds to two RIVs. The 2 are 63 and 167. Second preset threshold
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000122
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000123
When the terminal device receives the RIV indicated by the second sub-indication information as 167, since the RIV is greater than 136, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of a first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource is 2, when the terminal device When receiving the RIV indicated by the second sub-indication information as 63, since the RIV is less than 136, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of one first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource is 1.
S602与第一种可能的实现方式中的S602类似，在此不多赘述。S602 is similar to S602 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销，并通过复用现有的字段指示调度的频域资源中预先确定的频域资源，进一步降低DCI指示的开销。进一步地，在预先确定的频域资源的大小固定时，本申请实施例可以降低终端设备的处理复杂度。In the embodiment of the present application, by configuring the number of different pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to the communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced, and by multiplexing the existing The field indicates a predetermined frequency domain resource among the scheduled frequency domain resources, which further reduces the overhead indicated by the DCI. Further, when the size of the predetermined frequency domain resource is fixed, the embodiment of the present application can reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device.
可选地，S603，网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于所述第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，所述第二频域资源为所述第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。或者说，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源以外的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源。Optionally, in S603, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate A frequency domain resource belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource among other frequency domain resources other than the second frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource. In other words, the second indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource other than the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource .
示例性的，如图8所示，第一频域资源(图8中的所有方框)中除S801以外的方框为上述“其他频域资源”，而S804为上述“其他频域资源”中属于所述第一子频域资源的频域资源。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 8, the blocks in the first frequency domain resource (all blocks in Figure 8) except S801 are the above "other frequency domain resources", and S804 is the above "other frequency domain resources" Among the frequency domain resources belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resources.
其中，第二指示信息指示上述“其他频域资源”中属于所述第一子频域资源的频域资源的方式与第一种可能的实现方式中的S603中，第二指示信息指示第一子频域资源的方式类似，在此不多赘述。Wherein, the manner in which the second indication information indicates the frequency domain resources belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resources in the above "other frequency domain resources" is the same as in S603 in the first possible implementation manner, the second indication information indicates the first The manner of the sub-frequency domain resources is similar, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例，在承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源中，第二指示信息仅需要指示除了预先确定的频域资源以外的资源，降低了信令的开销，节省了资源。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency domain resources carrying the downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device, the second indication information only needs to indicate resources other than the predetermined frequency domain resources, which reduces signaling overhead and saves resources .
终端设备可以根据第二指示信息指示的第一子频域资源确定第一子频域资源。具体的确定方式详见第一种可能的实现方式中的方式一和方式二，在此不多赘述。有关确定第一资源块组的大小的四种可能的方式详见第一种可能的实现方式中的可能的方式一至可能的方式四，在此不多赘述。The terminal device may determine the first sub-frequency domain resource according to the first sub-frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information. For a specific determination manner, refer to manner 1 and manner 2 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here. For details about the four possible ways of determining the size of the first resource block group, refer to possible way 1 to possible way 4 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
可选地，S604与第一种可能的实现方式中的S604类似，在此不多赘述。Optionally, S604 is similar to S604 in the first possible implementation manner, and details are not repeated here.
可选地，方法600还包括：该第一子频域资源对应至少一个第一DMRS端口，该第二子频域资源对应至少一个第二DMRS端口，该至少一个第一DMRS端口的数量与该至少一个第二DMRS端口的数量相等；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值或该一个或多个第二DMRS端口包括的任一DMRS端口的索引大于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口不同；当该至少一个第一DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引和该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的全部DMRS端口的索引小于或者等于第三阈值时，该至少一个第一DMRS端口中包括的DMRS端口与该至少一个第二DMRS端口包括的DMRS端口相同；其中，该至少一个第一DMRS端口和该至少一个第二DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，或者，该至少一个第一DMRS端口由该第三指示信息指示，该至少一个第二DMRS端口由第四指示信息指示，该第四指示信息与该第三指示信息不同。Optionally, the method 600 further includes: the first sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one first DMRS port, the second sub-frequency domain resource corresponds to at least one second DMRS port, and the number of the at least one first DMRS port is the same as the number of the first DMRS port. The number of at least one second DMRS port is equal; when the index of any DMRS port included in the at least one first DMRS port is greater than the third threshold or the index of any DMRS port included in the one or more second DMRS ports is greater than the first When the threshold is three, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are different from the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; when the indexes of all the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port and the at least one second When the indexes of all DMRS ports included in the two DMRS ports are less than or equal to the third threshold, the DMRS ports included in the at least one first DMRS port are the same as the DMRS ports included in the at least one second DMRS port; wherein, the at least one first DMRS port includes the same DMRS port; A DMRS port and the at least one second DMRS port are indicated by the third indication information, or the at least one first DMRS port is indicated by the third indication information, and the at least one second DMRS port is indicated by the fourth indication information, The fourth indication information is different from the third indication information.
对上述方案的详细说明参见第一种可能的实现方式中的对于该方案的可能的方式一和可能的方式二的详细说明，在此不多赘述。For the detailed description of the above solution, refer to the detailed description of possible mode 1 and possible mode 2 of the solution in the first possible implementation mode, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是，本申请方案中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以由网络设备通过一个DCI发送给终端设备，也可以通过不同的DCI发送给终端设备。且图6中对于各个指示信息的编号仅是为了叙述方便，并不限定步骤之间的顺序，在具体实现中， 上述指示信息可以是网络设备向终端设备一起发送的，也可以由网络设备向终端设备先后发送的。It should be noted that the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs. In addition, the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps. In a specific implementation, the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
第三种可能的实现方式，主要步骤与第一种可能的实现方式中类似，以第一种可能的方式中S602中的(2)为例进行说明需要将第一种可能的实现方式中的前置DMRS端口的数量替换为不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。In the third possible implementation, the main steps are similar to those in the first possible implementation. Taking (2) in S602 in the first possible implementation as an example for illustration, it is necessary to convert the The number of front DMRS ports is replaced by the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
第四种可能的实现方式，主要步骤与第二种可能的实现方式中类似，以第二种可能的方式中S602中的(2)为例进行说明需要将第二种可能的实现方式中的前置DMRS端口的数量替换为不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。In the fourth possible implementation, the main steps are similar to those in the second possible implementation. Taking (2) in S602 in the second possible implementation as an example for illustration, it is necessary to convert the The number of front DMRS ports is replaced by the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
应理解，前置DMRS端口的数量的取值可以为1或2，当终端设备采用DMRStype1时，仅有两种不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置，因而，第三种可能的实现方式和第四种可能的实现方式分别与第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式类似，可以唯一的确定第二频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。但是，当终端设备采用DMRStype2时，有3种不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置，因而终端设备无法唯一的确定不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。It should be understood that the value of the number of front DMRS ports can be 1 or 2. When the terminal device adopts DMRStype1, there are only two configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data. Therefore, the third possible implementation Similar to the first possible implementation and the second possible implementation respectively, the fourth possible implementation can uniquely determine the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to bear data in the second frequency domain resource. However, when the terminal device adopts DMRStype2, there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, so the terminal device cannot uniquely determine the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data.
下面举例介绍第三种可能的实现方式相较于第一种可能的实现方式的区别：The following example introduces the difference between the third possible implementation and the first possible implementation:
方法600还包括，网络设备向终端设备发送第五指示信息，相应地，终端设备从网络设备接收第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。终端设备根据该第五指示信息确定第一频域资源中所有第一资源块组的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量的配置。The method 600 further includes that the network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first sub-frequency domain resources are not used to bear data. Number of DMRS CDM groups. The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in all first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource according to the fifth indication information.
下面分别以第三指示信息指示第二数量、第三指示信息指示第一数量为例进行详细介绍。The following takes the third indication information indicating the second quantity and the third indication information indicating the first quantity as examples for detailed introduction.
可选地，第三指示信息指示第二数量时，第五指示信息可以通过指示索引的方式将第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量指示出来，或者，第五指示信息可以通过索引的方式将第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量与第二数量的差值指示出来。Optionally, when the third indication information indicates the second number, the fifth indication information may indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data by indicating an index, or, the fifth The indication information may indicate the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second number by means of an index.
作为一个示例，第五指示信息通过索引的方式指示将第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。As an example, the fifth indication information indicates the number of DMRS CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data by indexing.
例如，如表14所示，当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为1时，假设第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2；当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为1时，假设第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为3；当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为2时，假设第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为1，当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为2时，假设第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为3；当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为3时，假设第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2；当第三指示信息指示的第二数量为3时，假设第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为1。For example, as shown in Table 14, when the second quantity indicated by the third indication information is 1, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 0, the terminal device determines the DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource The number is 2; when the second number indicated by the third indication information is 1, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 1, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the second number indicated by the third indication information is 2, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 0, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1, when When the second number indicated by the third indication information is 2, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates index 1, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the third indication When the second number indicated by the information is 3, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates an index of 0, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 2; when the third indication information indicates When the second number is 3, assuming that the fifth indication information indicates an index of 1, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1.
表14Table 14
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000124
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000124
作为另一个示例，第五指示信息可以通过索引的方式将第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量与第二数量的差值。As another example, the fifth indication information may index the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource and the second number.
例如，如表15所示，当第二数量为1时，第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2；当第二数量为1时，第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为3；当第二数量为2时，第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为1；当第二数量为2时，第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为3；当第二数量为3时，第五指示信息指示索引0，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为2；当第二数量为3时，第五指示信息指示索引1，则终端设备确定第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为1。For example, as shown in Table 15, when the second number is 1, the fifth indication information indicates index 0, then the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 2; when the second When the second quantity is 1, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, then the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 3; when the second quantity is 2, the fifth indication information If the index is 0, the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1; when the second number is 2, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, then the terminal device determines that the first The number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in sub-frequency domain resources is 3; when the second number is 3, the fifth indication information indicates index 0, and the terminal device determines that the first sub-frequency domain resources are not used to carry data. The number of DMRS CDM groups is 2; when the second number is 3, the fifth indication information indicates index 1, and the terminal device determines that the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in the first sub-frequency domain resource is 1.
表15Table 15
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2022092503-appb-000125
可选地，第三指示信息指示第一数量时，第五指示信息可以通过指示索引的方式将第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量指示出来，或者，第五指示信息可以通过索引的方式将第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量与第一数量的差值指示出来。Optionally, when the third indication information indicates the first number, the fifth indication information may indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to bear data corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resource by indicating an index, or, the fifth The indication information may indicate the difference between the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data and the first number corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resources by indexing.
具体的实现方式，与第三指示信息指示第二数量时类似，在此不多赘述。The specific implementation manner is similar to that when the third indication information indicates the second quantity, and will not be repeated here.
对于第三种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。For the third possible implementation, the embodiment of the present application configures the number of different DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data according to the communication needs on the scheduled frequency domain resources, so as to realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain and reduce the usage time. The overhead for transmitting DMRS.
下面举例介绍第四种可能的实现方式相较于第二种可能的实现方式的区别：The following example introduces the difference between the fourth possible implementation and the second possible implementation:
(1)S601中第二子指示信息通过索引的方式指示第二频域资源中的第一资源块组的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量时，假设第一频域资源中的不同的第一资源块组对应不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量的配置包括3种情况，即1个、2个、3个，只能适用于“可能的情况三”，即该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的 资源块组属于该第二子频域资源；假设第一频域资源中的不同的第一资源块组对应不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量的配置仅包括2种情况，如果1个、2个，或2个、3个，或1个、3个，则可以适用S601中“可能的情况一”、“可能的情况二”和“可能的情况三”。(1) When the second sub-indication information in S601 indicates the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the first resource block group in the second frequency domain resource by indexing, it is assumed that different resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource The configuration of the first resource block group corresponding to the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data includes three cases, namely 1, 2, and 3, which can only be applied to "possible case three", that is, the second sub-indication The information is used to indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource, where the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data in the second frequency domain resource is The first number of resource block groups belongs to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resources or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is the second number of resource block groups. Sub-frequency domain resources; assuming that different first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resources correspond to the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, only including 2 cases, if 1, 2, or 2, 3, or 1, 3, then "possible situation 1", "possible situation 2" and "possible situation 3" in S601 can be applied.
需要说明的是，在具体指示时，可以直接指示不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，也可以指示第二频域资源中每个第一资源块组相对于第三指示信息指示的第二数量的差值。It should be noted that, when specifically indicating, the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data may be directly indicated, or the number of each first resource block group in the second frequency domain resource relative to the second resource block group indicated by the third indication information may be indicated. Quantity difference.
示例性地，在使用图样的方式指示不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量或上述差值时，与包括i个第一资源块组的第二频域资源对应的RIV的个数为3 i。 Exemplarily, when a pattern is used to indicate the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data or the above difference, the number of RIVs corresponding to the second frequency domain resources including i first resource block groups is 3 i .
(2)方法600还包括，网络设备向终端设备发送第五指示信息，相应地，终端设备从网络设备接收第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示第一子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。终端设备根据该第五指示信息确定第一频域资源中所有第一资源块组的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量的配置。(2) Method 600 further includes that the network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first sub-frequency domain resource is not used for Number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data. The terminal device determines the configuration of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data in all first resource block groups in the first frequency domain resource according to the fifth indication information.
具体实现可以参照上述“第三种可能的实现方式相较于第一种可能的实现方式的区别”中的相关方案，在此不多赘述。For specific implementation, reference may be made to related solutions in the foregoing "differences between the third possible implementation manner and the first possible implementation manner", and details will not be repeated here.
对于第四种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。For the fourth possible implementation, in the embodiment of the present application, DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
第五种可能的实现方式，采用DMRStype2时，有3种不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置，即不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为1或2或3，第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源、第二子频域资源和第三子频域资源，且三部分子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同，在上述第三种可能的实现方式基础上，存在以下区别：终端设备根据第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置确定出第三子频域资源不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。The fifth possible implementation method, when DMRStype2 is used, there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, that is, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1 or 2 or 3, and the first frequency domain resources include The first sub-frequency domain resource, the second sub-frequency domain resource and the third sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the three sub-frequency domain resources is different, in the above third possible implementation On the basis of the method, there is the following difference: the terminal device determines that the third sub-frequency domain resource is not used to carry data DMRS Number of CDM groups.
对于第五种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。For the fifth possible implementation, in the embodiment of the present application, DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
第六种可能的实现方式，采用DMRStype2时，有3种不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置，即不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为1或2或3，第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源、第二子频域资源和第三子频域资源，且三部分子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同，在上述第三种可能的实现方式基础上，存在以下区别：终端设备根据第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量的配置确定出第三子频域资源不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。The sixth possible implementation method, when DMRStype2 is used, there are three configurations of the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, that is, the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is 1 or 2 or 3, and the first frequency domain resources include The first sub-frequency domain resource, the second sub-frequency domain resource and the third sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data corresponding to the three sub-frequency domain resources is different, in the above third possible implementation On the basis of the method, there is the following difference: the terminal device determines that the third sub-frequency domain resource is not used to carry data DMRS Number of CDM groups.
对于第六种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。For the sixth possible implementation, in the embodiment of the present application, DMRS are respectively configured for two parts of frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data and are not used to carry data. Ports realize flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoiding the waste of DMRS port resources and improving the flexibility of resource scheduling.
第七种可能的实现方式，适用于灵活调度第一频域资源上各个第一资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者，采用DMRS type1时，适用于灵活调度第一频域资源上各个第一资源块组对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，或者，采用DMRS type2且不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量只包括两种配置情况时，适用于灵活调度第一频域资源上各个第一资源块组对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。The seventh possible implementation method is suitable for flexible scheduling of the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each first resource block group on the first frequency domain resource, or, when DMRS type1 is used, it is suitable for flexible scheduling of the first frequency domain resource The number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to each first resource block group, or when the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data and use DMRS type2 only includes two configuration situations, it is suitable for flexible scheduling of the first frequency The number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data corresponding to each first resource block group on the domain resource.
需要说明的是，下面仅以前置DMRS符号的数量为例，对该第七种可能的实现方式进行说明，下述方案中的“前置DMRS符号的数量”还可以替换为“不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量”。It should be noted that the seventh possible implementation will be described below by taking the number of pre-DMRS symbols as an example. The "number of pre-DMRS symbols" in the following solutions can also be replaced with "not used The number of DMRS CDM groups".
S601，网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源。S601. The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource.
应理解，这里的第一频域资源可以理解成为被调度的UE配置的资源，或者可以理解成用于承载网络设备向终端设备发送的下行信号的频域资源。示例性地，该第一频域资源属于BWP中的一部分。示例性地，网络设备通过DCI中的“频域资源分配”字段向终端设备指示该第一频域资源。It should be understood that the first frequency domain resource here may be understood as a resource configured by the scheduled UE, or may be understood as a frequency domain resource used to carry a downlink signal sent by the network device to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the first frequency domain resource belongs to a part of the BWP. Exemplarily, the network device indicates the first frequency domain resource to the terminal device through the "frequency domain resource allocation" field in the DCI.
S602，网络设备在第一频域资源上发送PDSCH，相应地，终端设备在第一频域资源上接收PDSCH。S602. The network device sends the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource.
可选地，S603，网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。Optionally, in S603, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information from the network device.
可选地，S604，网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息，相应地，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息。Optionally, in S604, the network device sends third indication information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the network device.
下面分别举例介绍该第二指示信息和第三指示信息指示的内容。The content indicated by the second indication information and the third indication information will be described below with examples respectively.
示例1，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中索引最小的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与索引最小的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量不同，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于除索引最小的第一资源块组外的其他第一资源块组。Example 1, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index in the first frequency domain resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the smallest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
示例2，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中索引最小的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与索引最小的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量相同，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于除索引最小的第一资源块组外的其他第一资源块组。Example 2, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index in the first frequency domain resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the smallest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the smallest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
示例3，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中索引最大的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与索引最大的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量不同，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于除索引最大的第一资源块组外的其他第一资源块组。Example 3, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index in the first frequency domain resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is different from the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the largest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
示例4，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中索引最大的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量与索引最大的第一资源块组的前置DMRS符号的数量相同，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于除索引最大的第一资源块组外的其他第一资源块组。Example 4, the third indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index in the first frequency domain resource, and the second indication information is used to indicate the number of the first resource block group in the first frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols of one or more first resource block groups is the same as the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group with the largest index, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first resource block group except the largest index Other first resource block groups other than the first resource block group.
下面结合图7，详细介绍示例1的方案。如图7所示，共有4个第一资源块组，分别为第一资源块组0、1、2、3，它们的索引分别为0、1、2、3。其中，索引最小的第一资 源块组为第一资源块组0。假设第三指示信息用于指示该第一资源块组0的前置DMRS符号的数量为1，第二指示信息用于指示第一资源块组1、2前置DMRS符号的数量与第一资源块组0前置DMRS符号的数量不同，则终端设备根据第二指示信息确定第一资源块组1、2前置DMRS符号的数量为2，进一步地，终端设备确定第一资源块组3前置DMRS符号的数量为1。随后，在S602中终端设备根据第一频域资源上前置DMRS符号的配置在第一频域资源上接收PDSCH。The scheme of Example 1 will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 7 . As shown in FIG. 7 , there are four first resource block groups in total, namely the first resource block groups 0, 1, 2, and 3, and their indexes are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. Wherein, the first resource block group with the smallest index is the first resource block group 0. Assume that the third indication information is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 0 is 1, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the number of pre-DMRS symbols of the first resource block group 1 and 2 is the same as that of the first resource block group 0. If the number of pre-DMRS symbols in block group 0 is different, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the first resource block group 1 and 2 is 2 according to the second indication information. Further, the terminal device determines that the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the first resource block group 3 is Set the number of DMRS symbols to 1. Subsequently, in S602, the terminal device receives the PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource according to the configuration of the pre-DMRS symbols on the first frequency domain resource.
需要说明的是，本申请方案中的第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以由网络设备通过一个DCI发送给终端设备，也可以通过不同的DCI发送给终端设备。且图6中对于各个指示信息的编号仅是为了叙述方便，并不限定步骤之间的顺序，在具体实现中，上述指示信息可以是网络设备向终端设备一起发送的，也可以由网络设备向终端设备先后发送的。It should be noted that the first indication information, the second indication information and the third indication information in the solution of the present application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device through one DCI, or may be sent to the terminal device through different DCIs. In addition, the numbering of each instruction information in FIG. 6 is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit the order of the steps. In a specific implementation, the above instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. The terminal devices send successively.
本申请实施例，对于承载网络设备与终端设备传输信号的频域资源中配置的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量不同的两部分频域资源分别配置DMRS端口或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，避免了DMRS端口资源的浪费，提升了资源调度的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, for the frequency domain resources configured in the frequency domain resources carrying network equipment and terminal equipment transmission signals, the DMRS ports or DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data are configured respectively for two parts of frequency domain resources with different numbers of DMRS CDM groups not used to bear data. The number of groups realizes flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain, avoids the waste of DMRS port resources, and improves the flexibility of resource scheduling.
以上，结合图6至图8详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下，结合图9至图10详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. 8 . Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 .
图9是本申请实施例提供的用于资源配置的通信装置的示意性框图。如图9所示，该通信装置10可以包括收发模块11和处理模块12。Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device for resource allocation provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device 10 may include a transceiver module 11 and a processing module 12 .
其中，收发模块11可以用于接收其他装置发送的信息，还可以用于向其他装置发送信息。比如，接收第一指示信息或发送第二指示信息。处理模块12可以用于进行装置的内容处理，比如，获取图样信息。Wherein, the transceiver module 11 can be used for receiving information sent by other devices, and can also be used for sending information to other devices. For example, receiving the first indication information or sending the second indication information. The processing module 12 may be used for performing device content processing, for example, acquiring pattern information.
在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置10可对应于上述方法实施例中的网络设备。In a possible design, the communication device 10 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
具体地，该通信装置10可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法600中的网络设备，该通信装置10可以包括用于执行相应方法中由网络设备所执行的操作的模块，并且，该通信装置10中的各单元分别为了实现相应方法中由网络设备所执行的操作。Specifically, the communication device 10 may correspond to the network device in the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 10 may include a module for performing the operations performed by the network device in the corresponding method, and the communication device Each unit in 10 is to implement the operations performed by the network device in the corresponding method.
示例性的，在该通信装置10对应于方法600中的网络设备时，收发模块11用于执行步骤S601、S602、S603、S604。Exemplarily, when the communication device 10 corresponds to the network device in the method 600, the transceiver module 11 is configured to perform steps S601, S602, S603, and S604.
具体地，在一种可能的实施例中，收发模块11，用于发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；该收发模块11，还用于在该第一频域资源上发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH；其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。Specifically, in a possible embodiment, the transceiver module 11 is configured to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; The physical downlink shared channel PDSCH is sent on the frequency domain resource; wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource, and the The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the first number Be the quantity of the DMRS code division multiplexing CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this first sub-frequency domain resource, this second quantity is the quantity of the DMRS CDM group that is not used to bear data corresponding to this second sub-frequency domain resource.
上述方案，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the above solution, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二信息用于指 示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。Wherein, the transceiving module 11 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。Wherein, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于向该终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。Wherein, the transceiver module 11 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource belong to the The frequency domain resource of the first sub-frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组，该一个或多个第一资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第一资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个第二资源块组，该一个或多个第二资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个第二资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。Wherein, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, and the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the second frequency domain resource One or more first resource block groups in the resources, the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second frequency domain resources except the one or more first resource block groups Other resource block groups outside the second frequency domain resource belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more second resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more second sub-frequency domain resources The resource block group belongs to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more second resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-frequency domain resource The indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data, wherein the pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource The number or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups that belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of preceding DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the DMRS CDM group that is not used to carry data The resource block groups whose quantity is the second quantity belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource.
其中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。Wherein, the first frequency domain resource belongs to the third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to the preset first A number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group include The relationship between the quantities of the resource blocks satisfies the first preset condition.
其中，该装置还包括：处理模块12，用于获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量；该处理模块12，还用于根据该图样信息，和该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量确定第一索引值，该第一指示信息包括该第一索引值。Wherein, the device further includes: a processing module 12, configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the value, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values, and each pattern is used to indicate The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups that are not used to carry data; the processing module 12 is also used to, according to the pattern information, and the second The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data determines the first index value, and the first indication information includes the first index value.
其中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与该第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系。Wherein, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于向该终端设备发送第三信息，该第三信息用于指示该第一数量或第二数量。Wherein, the transceiving module 11 is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信装置10可对应于上述方法实施例中的终端设备。In another possible design, the communication device 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
具体地，该通信装置10可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法600中的终端设备，该通信装置10可以包括用于执行相应方法中由终端设备所执行的操作的模块，并且，该通信装置10中的各单元分别为了实现相应方法中由终端设备所执行的操作。Specifically, the communication device 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 10 may include a module for performing the operations performed by the terminal device in the corresponding method, and the communication device Each unit in 10 is to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the corresponding method.
示例性的，在该通信装置10对应于方法600中的终端设备时，收发模块11用于执行步骤S601、S602、S603、S604。Exemplarily, when the communication device 10 corresponds to the terminal device in the method 600, the transceiver module 11 is configured to perform steps S601, S602, S603, and S604.
具体地，在一种可能的实施例中，收发模块11，用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示 信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；该收发模块11，还用于基于该第一指示信息在第一频域资源上接收物理下行共享信道PDSCH，其中，该PDSCH的第一数量与该PDSCH的第二数量不同，该第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者该第一数量为该第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，该第二数量为该第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。Specifically, in a possible embodiment, the transceiver module 11 is configured to receive first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource; the transceiver module 11 is also configured to Receive the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource based on the first indication information, where the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and the second sub-frequency domain resources, the first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources, and the second number is the pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources The number of symbols, or the first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first frequency sub-frequency domain resource that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used for carrying data corresponding to the second frequency sub-frequency domain resource. Number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data.
上述方案，通过对调度的频域资源上根据通信需要配置不同的前置DMRS符号的数量，实现频域上灵活的资源配置，降低用于传输DMRS的开销。In the above solution, by configuring different numbers of pre-DMRS symbols on the scheduled frequency domain resources according to communication needs, flexible resource configuration in the frequency domain is realized, and the overhead for transmitting DMRS is reduced.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中的该第一子频域资源。Wherein, the transceiving module 11 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该第二子频域资源为该第一频域资源中除该第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。Wherein, the second sub-frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource except the first sub-frequency domain resource.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于该第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，该第二频域资源为该第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。Wherein, the transceiver module 11 is further configured to receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resources belong to the first sub-frequency The frequency domain resource of the frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，该第一子指示信息用于指示该第一频域资源，该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，该一个或多个资源块组属于该第二子频域资源，该第二频域资源中除该一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，或者该第二子指示信息用于指示该第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于该第一子频域资源，该第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于该第二子频域资源。Wherein, the first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource, and the second sub-indication information is used to indicate the second frequency domain resource One or more resource block groups in the resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups Belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain Resources, other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or the second sub-indication information is used to indicate that in the second frequency domain resource The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data, wherein the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data is the first A number of resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRS CDM groups not used to carry data is the second number of resource block groups belonging to the second sub-frequency domain resource frequency domain resources.
其中，该第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，该第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，该M属于预设的第一数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，该N属于预设的第二数量集合；该第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和该第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。Wherein, the first frequency domain resource belongs to the third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following: the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to the preset first A number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set; the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group include The relationship between the quantities of the resource blocks satisfies the first preset condition.
其中，该装置还包括：处理模块12，用于获取图样信息，该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，该第一频域资源与该多个索引值相对应，或者该图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及该第一频域资源与该多个索引值之间的对应关系，每个图样用于指示该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；该第一指示信息包括第一索引值，该处理模块12，还用于根据该第一索引值对应的图样，确定该第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量。Wherein, the device further includes: a processing module 12, configured to acquire pattern information, and the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, wherein the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values corresponding to the value, or the pattern information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and the corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values, and each pattern is used to indicate The number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data; the first indication information includes a first index value, and the processing module 12 is also used Based on the pattern corresponding to the first index value, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data is determined.
其中，该第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与该资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，该第三频域资源包括该第一 频域资源。Wherein, the ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy the first corresponding relationship, and the third The frequency domain resource includes the first frequency domain resource.
其中，该收发模块11，还用于接收第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一数量或该第二数量。Wherein, the transceiving module 11 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
图10为本申请实施例提供的资源配置的装置20的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 20 for resource allocation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中，该装置20可以为网络设备，也可以为位于网络设备上的芯片或芯片***等。In a possible design, the apparatus 20 may be a network device, or may be a chip or a chip system on the network device.
在一种可能的设计中，该装置20可以为终端设备，包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，以及各种形式的终端，移动台，终端，用户设备，软终端等等，也可以为位于终端设备上的芯片或芯片***等。In a possible design, the device 20 may be a terminal device, including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, and various forms of The terminal, mobile station, terminal, user equipment, soft terminal, etc. may also be a chip or a chip system on the terminal equipment.
该装置20可以包括处理器21(即，处理模块的一例)和存储器22。该存储器22用于存储指令，该处理器21用于执行该存储器22存储的指令，以使该装置20实现如图4至图9中对应的方法中上述各种可能的设计中的设备执行的步骤。The device 20 may include a processor 21 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 22 . The memory 22 is used to store instructions, and the processor 21 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 22, so that the device 20 realizes the execution of the equipment in the above-mentioned various possible designs in the corresponding methods as shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 9 step.
进一步地，该装置20还可以包括输入口23(即，收发模块的一例)和输出口24(即，收发模块的另一例)。进一步地，该处理器21、存储器22、输入口23和输出口24可以通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。该存储器22用于存储计算机程序，该处理器21可以用于从该存储器22中调用并运行该计算机程序，以控制输入口23接收信号，控制输出口24发送信号，完成上述方法中终端设备或无线接入网设备或UE或基站的步骤。该存储器22可以集成在处理器21中，也可以与处理器21分开设置。Further, the device 20 may also include an input port 23 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 24 (ie, another example of a transceiver module). Further, the processor 21 , the memory 22 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths, and transmit control and/or data signals. The memory 22 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 21 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 22, to control the input port 23 to receive signals, and to control the output port 24 to send signals, so as to complete the terminal equipment or Steps of the radio access network device or UE or base station. The memory 22 can be integrated in the processor 21 or can be set separately from the processor 21 .
可选地，若该报文传输的装置20为通信设备，该输入口23为接收器，该输出口24为发送器。其中，接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时，可以统称为收发器。Optionally, if the message transmission device 20 is a communication device, the input port 23 is a receiver, and the output port 24 is a transmitter. Wherein, the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
可选地，若该装置20为芯片或电路，该输入口23为输入接口，该输出口24为输出接口。Optionally, if the device 20 is a chip or a circuit, the input port 23 is an input interface, and the output port 24 is an output interface.
作为一种实现方式，输入口23和输出口34的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理器21可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation, the functions of the input port 23 and the output port 34 may be realized by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processor 21 may be realized by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式，可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的设备。即将实现处理器21、输入口23和输出口24功能的程序代码存储在存储器22中，通用处理器通过执行存储器22中的代码来实现处理器21、输入口23和输出口24的功能。As another implementation manner, it may be considered to use a general-purpose computer to implement the device provided in the embodiment of the present application. The program codes to realize the functions of the processor 21 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 are stored in the memory 22 , and the general processor realizes the functions of the processor 21 , the input port 23 and the output port 24 by executing the codes in the memory 22 .
其中，装置20中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中进行随机接入的设备(例如，终端设备)所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。Wherein, each module or unit in the apparatus 20 can be used to execute each action or process performed by the device (for example, terminal device) performing random access in the above method, and here, in order to avoid redundant description, its detailed description is omitted.
该装置20所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念，解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述，此处不做赘述。For the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions and other steps involved in the device 20 related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, please refer to the foregoing methods or descriptions of these contents in other embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
应理解，本申请实施例中，该处理器可以为中央处理单元(CPU，central processing unit)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP，digital signal processor)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU, central processing unit), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP, digital signal processor), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or other arbitrary combinations. When implemented using software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of computer program products. The computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instruction or computer program is loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以 硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are implemented by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (21)

  1. 一种资源配置的方法，其特征在于，包括：A resource allocation method, characterized by comprising:
    接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；receiving first indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource;
    基于所述第一指示信息在第一频域资源上接收物理下行共享信道PDSCH，receiving a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on a first frequency domain resource based on the first indication information,
    其中，所述PDSCH的第一数量与所述PDSCH的第二数量不同，所述第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，Wherein, the first number of the PDSCH is different from the second number of the PDSCH, and the first frequency domain resource includes a first sub-frequency domain resource and a second sub-frequency domain resource,
    所述第一数量为所述第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，所述第二数量为所述第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第一数量为所述第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，所述第二数量为所述第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。The first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources. The number of DMRS CDM groups for the data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源中的所述第一子频域资源。receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二子频域资源为所述第一频域资源中除所述第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second sub-frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources except the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于所述第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，所述第二频域资源为所述第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resources belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resources among other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resources, Wherein, the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，所述第一子指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源，The first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource,
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，所述一个或多个资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中除所述一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源，或者The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups in the frequency domain resource belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的一个或多个资源块组，所述一个或多个资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中除所述一个或多个资源块组外的其他资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，或者The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, the one or more resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, and the second resource block groups other than the one or more resource block groups in the frequency domain resource belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，所述第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源。The second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, wherein the second frequency domain The number of pre-DMRS symbols in the resource or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource is or not Resource block groups whose number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data is the second number belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，所述第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following:
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，所述M属于预设的第一数量集合；The number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set;
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，所述N属于预设的第二数量集合；The number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set;
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和所述第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。A relationship between the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  7. 根据权利要求4或6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 4 or 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取图样信息，Get pattern information,
    所述图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，所述第一频域资源与所述多个索引值相对应，或者The pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, where the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or
    所述图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及所述第一频域资源与所述多个索引值之间的对应关系，The pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and a corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values,
    每个图样用于指示所述第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；Each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data;
    所述第一指示信息包括第一索引值，根据所述第一索引值对应的图样，确定所述第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量。The first indication information includes a first index value, and according to the pattern corresponding to the first index value, determine the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or not used to carry data The number of DMRSCDM groups.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，A method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that
    所述第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量的比值与所述资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系，所述第三频域资源包括所述第一频域资源。The ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy a first correspondence relationship, and the first The three frequency domain resources include the first frequency domain resource.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising:
    接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一数量或所述第二数量。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  10. 一种信号传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for signal transmission, comprising:
    发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一频域资源；sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency domain resource;
    在所述第一频域资源上发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH；sending a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH on the first frequency domain resource;
    其中，in,
    所述PDSCH的第一数量与所述PDSCH的第二数量不同，所述第一频域资源包括第一子频域资源和第二子频域资源，The first number of PDSCHs is different from the second number of PDSCHs, and the first frequency domain resources include first sub-frequency domain resources and second sub-frequency domain resources,
    所述第一数量为所述第一子频域资源对应的前置解调参考信号DMRS符号的数量，所述第二数量为所述第二子频域资源对应的前置DMRS符号的数量，或者The first number is the number of pre-demodulation reference signal DMRS symbols corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the second number is the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第一数量为所述第一子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，所述第二数量为所述第二子频域资源对应的不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组的数量。The first number is the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups corresponding to the first sub-frequency domain resources that are not used to carry data, and the second number is the number of CDM groups that are not used to carry data corresponding to the second sub-frequency domain resources. The number of DMRS CDM groups for the data.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一频域资源中的所述第一子频域资源。Sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate the first sub-frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二子频域资源为所述第一频域资源中除所述第一子频域资源之外的频域资源。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the second sub-frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resources except the first sub-frequency domain resources.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源中除第二频域资源外的其他频域资源中属于所述第一子频域资源的频域资源，其中，所述第 二频域资源为所述第一频域资源中预先确定的频域资源。Sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that other frequency domain resources in the first frequency domain resource except the second frequency domain resource belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource frequency domain resource, wherein the second frequency domain resource is a predetermined frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 13, characterized in that,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一子指示信息和第二子指示信息，所述第一子指示信息用于指示所述第一频域资源，The first indication information includes first sub-indication information and second sub-indication information, the first sub-indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource,
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的一个或多个第一资源块组，所述一个或多个第一资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中除所述一个或多个第一资源块组外的其他资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源，或者The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more first resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more first resource block groups belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, other resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource except the one or more first resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的一个或多个第二资源块组，所述一个或多个第二资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中除所述一个或多个第二资源块组外的其他资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，或者The second sub-indication information is used to indicate one or more second resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource, and the one or more second resource block groups belong to the second sub-frequency domain resource, resource block groups other than the one or more second resource block groups in the second frequency domain resource belong to the first sub-frequency domain resource, or
    所述第二子指示信息用于指示所述第二频域资源中的每一个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量，其中，所述第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量为第一数量的资源块组属于所述第一子频域资源，所述第二频域资源中前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRS CDM组数量为第二数量的资源块组属于所述第二子频域资源。The second sub-indication information is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data, wherein the second frequency domain The number of pre-DMRS symbols in the resource or the number of DMR CDM groups not used to carry data is the first number of resource block groups belonging to the first sub-frequency domain resource, and the number of pre-DMRS symbols in the second frequency domain resource is or not Resource block groups whose number of DMRS CDM groups carrying data is the second number belong to the second sub-frequency domain resources.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源属于第三频域资源，所述第三频域资源满足以下至少一项：The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the first frequency domain resource belongs to a third frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource satisfies at least one of the following:
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量不为M，所述M属于预设的第一数量集合；The number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is not M, and the M belongs to a preset first number set;
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量为N，所述N属于预设的第二数量集合；The number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource is N, and the N belongs to a preset second number set;
    所述第三频域资源包括的资源块的数量和所述第一资源块组包括的资源块的数量之间的关系满足第一预设条件。A relationship between the number of resource blocks included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the first resource block group satisfies a first preset condition.
  16. 根据权利要求13或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 13 or 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取图样信息，Get pattern information,
    所述图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，其中，所述第一频域资源与所述多个索引值相对应，或者The pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, where the first frequency domain resource corresponds to the multiple index values, or
    所述图样信息用于指示多个图样与多个索引值之间的映射关系，以及所述第一频域资源与所述多个索引值之间的对应关系，The pattern information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between multiple patterns and multiple index values, and a corresponding relationship between the first frequency domain resource and the multiple index values,
    每个图样用于指示所述第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号的数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量；Each pattern is used to indicate the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data;
    根据所述图样信息，和所述第二频域资源中的每个资源块组对应的前置DMRS符号数量或不用于承载数据的DMRSCDM组的数量确定第一索引值，所述第一指示信息包括所述第一索引值。According to the pattern information, the number of pre-DMRS symbols corresponding to each resource block group in the second frequency domain resource or the number of DMRSCDM groups not used to carry data determines a first index value, and the first indication information Include the first index value.
  17. 根据权利要求10至16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，A method according to any one of claims 10 to 16, wherein
    所述第一频域资源包括的资源块组的数量与所述第三频域资源包括的资源块组的数量比值与所述资源块组包含的资源块的数量满足第一对应关系。The ratio of the number of resource block groups included in the first frequency domain resource to the number of resource block groups included in the third frequency domain resource and the number of resource blocks included in the resource block group satisfy a first correspondence relationship.
  18. 根据权利要求10至17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 10 to 17, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述第一数量或第二数量。sending third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first quantity or the second quantity.
  19. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理器和存储器；processor and memory;
    所述存储器，用于存储计算机程序；The memory is used to store computer programs;
    所述处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至9中任一项所述的通信方法，或执行权利要求10至18中任一项所述的通信方法。The processor is configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or executes any one of claims 10 to 18 the communication method described.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述通信方法，或执行如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-9. The communication method described in claim 1, or execute the communication method described in any one of claims 10 to 18.
  21. 一种芯片***，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片***地通信设备执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的通信方法，或执行如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的通信方法。A system-on-a-chip, characterized in that it comprises: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the system-on-a-chip performs the communication according to any one of claims 1 to 9 method, or execute the communication method as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 18.
PCT/CN2022/092503 2021-05-31 2022-05-12 Resource configuration method and apparatus WO2022252954A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110605573.7A CN115484675A (en) 2021-05-31 2021-05-31 Resource allocation method and device
CN202110605573.7 2021-05-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022252954A1 true WO2022252954A1 (en) 2022-12-08

Family

ID=84322775

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/092503 WO2022252954A1 (en) 2021-05-31 2022-05-12 Resource configuration method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115484675A (en)
WO (1) WO2022252954A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110166200A (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 The method and relevant apparatus of number of resource units are known in communication process
CN110912656A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2020144639A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Frequency-domain resource allocation for multi-source transmission
WO2020205741A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 Apple Inc. Resource allocation and user multiplexing capacity enhancements for interlace based physical uplink control channel formats in new radio (nr)-unlicensed
WO2020222606A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting and receiving phase tracking reference signal in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
CN112399566A (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for processing data

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110166200A (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-23 华为技术有限公司 The method and relevant apparatus of number of resource units are known in communication process
CN110912656A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
WO2020144639A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Frequency-domain resource allocation for multi-source transmission
WO2020205741A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 Apple Inc. Resource allocation and user multiplexing capacity enhancements for interlace based physical uplink control channel formats in new radio (nr)-unlicensed
WO2020222606A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting and receiving phase tracking reference signal in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
CN112399566A (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for processing data

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ETRI: "Discussion on DMRS design for data channel", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1704946 DISCUSSION ON DMRS DESIGN FOR DATA CHANNEL_FINAL, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Spokane, USA; 20170403 - 20170407, 25 March 2017 (2017-03-25), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051251625 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115484675A (en) 2022-12-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10979194B2 (en) Resource indication method, user equipment, and network device
CN108347778B (en) Communication method and device
US8873489B2 (en) Signaling methods for UE-specific dynamic downlink scheduler in OFDMA systems
WO2020221055A1 (en) Method for receiving data and sending data, and communication apparatus
WO2019029366A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for adjusting frequency domain resource and sending indication information
CN113994749A (en) Method and device for data transmission
WO2018082544A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
US20210160852A1 (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
WO2019062585A1 (en) Resource scheduling method, network device, and communication device
CN109831827B (en) Data transmission method, terminal and base station
WO2018202126A1 (en) Method, terminal and network device for data transmission
WO2018027982A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending reference signal, and method and apparatus for receiving reference signal
WO2020221321A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP3573274B1 (en) Communication method and network device
WO2018127071A1 (en) Reference signal sending method and communication device
WO2020216130A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
TW202008828A (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
WO2020238992A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20230345284A1 (en) Downlink signal processing method and apparatus
WO2022036529A1 (en) Methods for sending and receiving phase tracking reference signal, and communication device
WO2022252954A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2022205022A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal
WO2023045751A1 (en) Demodulation reference signal (dmrs) port indication method
WO2023116809A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022001638A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22815001

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22815001

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1